+ All Categories
Home > Documents > SUPPLY, INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING OF TESTING …

SUPPLY, INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING OF TESTING …

Date post: 26-Jan-2022
Category:
Upload: others
View: 4 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
257
Section VI. Employers Requirements 1 BIDDING DOCUMENT FOR SUPPLY, INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING OF TESTING EQUIPMENT BID PACKAGE NO.: UREDS-G-10B UNDER IDA CREDIT NO. 5381-BD VOLUME: II OF II (SECTION VII: SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS) ISO 9001, ISO 14001 & OHSAS 18001 Certified BANGLADESH RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD (BREB) HEAD OFFICE, ACADEMIC BUILDING, 6 TH FLOOR NIKUNJA-2, KHILKHET, DHAKA-1229 BANGLADESH
Transcript

Section VI. Employers Requirements 1

BIDDING DOCUMENT

FOR

SUPPLY, INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING OF

TESTING EQUIPMENT

BID PACKAGE NO.: UREDS-G-10B

UNDER IDA CREDIT NO. 5381-BD

VOLUME: II OF II

(SECTION VII: SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS)

ISO 9001, ISO 14001 &

OHSAS 18001 Certified

BANGLADESH RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD (BREB)

HEAD OFFICE, ACADEMIC BUILDING, 6TH

FLOOR NIKUNJA-2,

KHILKHET, DHAKA-1229

BANGLADESH

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2

Bidding Document for

SUPPLY, INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING OF

TESTING EQUIPMENT

ICB No.: UREDS-G-10B

VOLUME: II OF II

(SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS)

ISSUED ON: ________________

EMPLOYER: BANGLADESH RURAL ELECTRIFICATION

BOARD (BREB)

PROJECT: UREDS; DCSD (UP-GRADATION OF RURAL

ELECTRICITY DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM;

DHAKA, CHITTAGONG & SYLHET DIVISION)

PROJECT UNDER RURAL ELECTRICITY

TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION (T&D)

PROJECT OF IDA.

COUNTRY: BANGLADESH

Section VI. Employers Requirements 3

VOLUME: IIOF II

(SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION VII: SCHEDULE OF REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................

Scope of Supply of Equipment and Installation Services by the Contractor ............... 4

Acceptance Testing Laboratory Equipment Specifications ......................................... 13

Section VI. Employers Requirements 4

SECTION VII

SCOPE OF SUPPLY OF EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION

SERVICES BY THE SUPPLIER

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Section VI. Employers Requirements 5

5

Scope of Work of Project:

1.0 Overview

The scope of work in this bidding document covers below given works on Turn-Key Basis

(TKB):

Laboratory Equipment: Design, supply, installation, testing, commissioning, training to

BREB staff and handing over of the material Acceptance Test Laboratories in fully

commissioned form to BREB. The laboratories equipment shall be incompliance with the

technical specifications as given in Section VI-Specifications of this document. The main

laboratory is comprising of thirteen (13) individual laboratories for testing different kind of

materials as described in this document.

Laboratory Equipment Installation, Testing and Commissioning: The overall scope of

work covers design, manufacture, quality assurance, inspection and testing, packaging for

export, insurance and shipment to site, complete construction, erection and installation of

testing equipment, bonding, earthing, shielding, setting to work, site testing and

commissioning of all the equipment necessary for operations in the designated "Acceptance

Test Laboratories" in the main building, on turnkey basis (TKB).

The detailed requirements of each item of laboratory equipment are given in the technical

specifications and guaranteed technical schedules. The Contractor shall provide a functioning

product complete in all respects and ready for use on a turnkey basis and shall remedy all

defects during the defect notification period of the equipment as per the contract. The

Contractor shall be responsible for providing equipment, which shall meet in all respects the

performance specifications and shall have satisfactory durability for the prevailing site

conditions.

The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all items (materials and labor) required

for the safe efficient and satisfactory completion and functioning of the works (in accordance

with the specifications) are included in the bid price, whether individually described in the

specifications or not.

The site plans are as included in this document in "13-Section VI -Layout Plans" and the

location will also be identified on the ground during site visit. Each bidder shall visit the site

during bidding period. At least 10 days advance notice to BREB will be required.

Design: The detailed design arrangements of the materials, equipment and installation shall

be the responsibility of the Contractor/Supplier of equipment subject to the approval of the

designated committee of BREB with the recommendations of the Project Manager. The

Contractor/Supplier shall submit complete Civil, Electrical, Mechanical and other applicable

drawings, manuals, foundation designs (where applicable), specifications, BOQs and

supporting calculations etc. for review and approval, prior to commencing manufacturing,

construction and/or installation works.

The Bidders shall inspect site to confirm the scope of work.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 6

6

Transportation and Storage: Transportation requirements, storage, suitable construction

tools, necessary equipment and all required materials for installation and connections as well

as testing and commissioning of laboratory equipment are included in the scope of work.

Layout Plans: The conceptual layout plans are provided in "13-Section VI -Layout Plans".

Floor Planning:

(i) Ground Floor:

a. Lab-5: Power Transformer Testing System-PTTS

b. Lab-6: Distribution Transformer Testing System -DTTS

c. Lab-7: High Voltage Electrical Testing

d. Lab-8: Mechanical Testing/Tensile Testing

e. Lab-9: Auto-Recloser/Circuit Breaker/ Fuse Links/Fuse Cut-Outs

Testing

f. Lab-10: Cable & Conductor Testing

g. Lab-11: Insulators Testing

h. Lab-12: Transformer Oil Testing

(ii) First Floor:

a. Lab-1: Single-Phase & Three-Phase meters Testing Facility

b. Lab-2: Current Transformers/Voltage Transformers (CT/PT) Testing

c. Lab-3: Lightning Arresters Testing

d. Lab-4: Relays & Electronics Equipment Testing

e. Equipment & Spare Parts Store

(iii) Second Floor:

a. Lab-13:To be determined-TBD

Section VI. Employers Requirements 7

7

SECTION VII

PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

FOR

ACCEPTANCE TEST LABORATORY EQUIPMENT

Section VI. Employers Requirements 8

8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description Page No

Laboratory Equipment Specifications 9

1.0 Scope of Works 9

2.0 Specification's Table of Contents 11

3.0 Laboratories Equipment Specifications 13-245

Section VI. Employers Requirements 9

9

ACCEPTANCE TEST LABORATORY EQUIPMENT

1.0Acceptance Testing Laboratories and Site Address

BREB intends to build a centralized "Material Acceptance Testing Laboratory" at site

address:

Palli Biddyut Area, Savar Dhaka, Bangladesh

Main acceptance test laboratory shall consist of 13 individual material testing laboratories,

which will be on the ground, first and second floors. Individual Laboratories are as follows:

a. Lab-1 for Single-Phase & Three-Phase Energy Meters Testing

b. Lab-2 for Current Transformer (CT)/ Potential Transformer (PT Testing)

c. Lab-3 for Lightning Arresters (LA) Testing

d. Lab-4 for Relays & Electronics Equipment Testing

e. Lab-5 for Power Transformer Testing System - PTTS

f. Lab-6 for Distribution Transformer Testing System - DTTS

g. Lab-7 for High Voltage (HV) Electrical Testing

h. Lab-8 for Mechanical Testing/Tensile Testing

i. Lab-9 for Auto Recloser (ACR)/ Circuit Breakers (VCB)/ Fuse links &Fuse Cut-Outs

Testing

j. Lab-10 for Cable & Conductor Testing

k. Lab-11 for Electrical Insulators Testing

l. Lab-12 for Transformer Oil Testing

m. Lab-13 to be determined (TBD)

Each Lab. is different from the other due to its testing requirements and testing equipment

needs. The Contractor shall be supplying testing equipment, setting-up of each laboratory in

fully functional form, conduct testing & commissioning, impart training to BREB staffand

hand over on turn-key basis. The technical specifications for the equipment related to

different laboratories are as given in this section.

Overall scope of work for the above noted "Material Acceptance Testing Laboratories"

includes:

Design, manufacture, quality assurance, inspection & testing, packaging, insurance &

shipment to site, installation, bonding, earthing, shielding, setting to work, testing &

commissioning, training to BREB staff and handing over the laboratories in fully functional

form to the authorized representatives of the BREB.

The detailed requirements are listed in the technical specifications part with guaranteed

technical parameters. The Contractor shall remedy all the defects that may arise during the

defect notification period of the equipment as per the Contract.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 10

10

The Contractor/Supplier shall be responsible for providing equipment, which shall meet in all

respects the performance specifications and will have satisfactory durability for the prevailing

site conditions.

The Contractor/Supplier shall be responsible for ensuring that any and all items of work

(materials and labor) required for the safe efficient and satisfactory completion and

functioning of the works in accordance with the specification, are included in the bid price,

whether individually described in the specification or not.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 11

11

2.0 Acceptance Test Laboratory Equipment Specifications

Table of Contents

Description Specification # Page No.

Package No.: UREDS-G-10BLot-001

Technical specifications

Porosity Test Machine

Specification# 6 13

Hot Air Oven

Specification# 9 42

Laboratory Freezer

Specification# 27

184

Universal Testing Machine

Specification# 30

205

Single-Phase and Three-Phase Energy Meters

Testing and Calibration System

Specification# 12

49

Field Testing Equipment/Set Specification # 16

90

Laboratory Package Gas Analyzer

Specification# 17

106

Interfacial Force Tensiometer

Specification# 18 114

Moisture in Transformer Oil Test Set

Specification# 19

122

Transformers Oil Flash Point Test Set

Specification# 20

133

Zinc coating thickness testing meter Specification# 33

239

Package No.: UREDS-G-10BLot-002

Technical specifications

Automatic Circuit Recloser Test Set Specification# 23

159

AC Dielectric Testing System

Specification# 28 193

High Current Test Set Specification# 32 228

Sweep Frequency Response Analyzer (SFRA)

Test Set with Accessories

Specification# 25 173

Hi-Pot Testing System Specification# 31

216

Section VI. Employers Requirements 12

12

Package No.: UREDS-G-10BLot-003

Technical specifications

Distribution Transformers Testing System

Specification# 13 63

Power Transformers Testing System

Specification# 14 76

15kV Diagnostic Insulation Resistance

Testing Set

Specification# 7

20

Low Resistance Ohm-Meter Specification# 8 32

Vacuum Circuit Breaker Analyzer Testing Set

with SDRM and essential accessories

Specification# 21 142

Section VI. Employers Requirements 13

13

3.0 Laboratory Equipment Technical Specifications

Specification# 6

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Porosity Test Machine

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the supply of

“Porosity Test Machine” to Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board (BREB).

1.2 The machine shall be capable of performing porosity test mainly on the samples

of porcelain insulators supplied by different manufacturers for use in the

overhead line distribution system of BREB like:

(a) Low voltage spool type insulators

(b) 11 & 33 KV Line post type insulators

(c) 11 & 33 KV Suspension (Disc) type insulators

(d) 11 & 33 KV Stand-off post type insulators

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 The porosity testing machine shall conform to the latest editions of the

standards applicable to their construction and application to test samples

including but not limited to those listed below, and their normative references:

IEC 60168 Tests on indoor and outdoor post insulators of ceramic

material or glass for systems with nominal voltage greater

than 1000V

IEC 60383 Tests on insulators of ceramic material or glass for overhead

lines with a nominal voltage greater than 1000V.

IEC 60383-1 Insulators for overhead lines with nominal voltage above

1000V

ANSI C29.1 Test method for electrical power insulators

Section VI. Employers Requirements 14

14

ANSI C29.2 Wet process porcelain and toughened glass insulators-

suspension type

ANSI C29.3 Wet process porcelain insulators (spool type)

ANSI C29.7 Wet process porcelain insulators (High Voltage Line-Post

type)

ANSI C29.9 Wet process porcelain insulators (Apparatus, post type)

BS 137 Insulators of ceramic material or glass for overhead lines

with a nominal voltage greater than 1000V

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 The porosity test machine shall be manufactured at a plant that has fabricated

units of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a period not less than five

years and that holds ISO: 9001-2015,certification for quality management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The porosity test machine shall be suitable for laboratory operation under the

local service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative Humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average Humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity and

temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Design and Functional Specifications

5.1 The porosity test machine shall meet or exceed the requirements of this

specification in all respects.

5.2 The porosity test machine shall be used for checking porosity, voids spaces in

material of porcelain insulators (disc insulators, pin type insulators, post type

insulators and spool insulators).

5.3 The testing machine shall be used to ensure that insulators supplied by the

vendors are not porous due to manufacturing defects leading to electrical

failure during service in the network.

5.4 The broken pieces of insulators from thickest part of insulator by breaking it,

shall be immersed in testing reagent 0.5% alcohol solution of fuchsine dye

Section VI. Employers Requirements 15

15

(1gm of fuchsine dye in 100g of industrial ethanol/water) under pressure about

140.7 kg/cm2 for 24 to 72 hours and examined for deep penetration of dye

into the shells with naked eye. The performance of test will be in accordance

with the relevant ANSI and IEC standards.

5.5 The machine shall be capable of producing:

(a) Compression rate 80:1

(b) Driving air pressure: 0.3 to 0.8Mpa

(c) Maximum output pressure: 0-40Mpa

(d) Controlling accuracy: +2% of max. Pressure and -1% of min. pressure

5.6 The machine shall have:

(a) Panel control: knobs, pressure gauges, timer

(b) Pressure control mode: Manual

(c) Time of pressure holding: Any length (24-72 hours)

(d) Testing medium: Ethanol/water

5.7 The machine shall be provided with 0.5% alcohol solution of fuchsine dye (5

liters) as part of test set.

5.8 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value with

corresponding reference standards without effecting the requirements of this

specification.

6. Operating Manual

6.1 The machine shall be provided with detailed operating manual and user’s

guide containing technical specifications, safety warnings, important data and

operating procedure in English language.

7. Control Panel

7.1 Test machine shall have control panel and display important parameters

(pressure and time) for control and monitoring purpose.

8. Tests

8.1 The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to

the fact that that conformance tests have been carried out successfully on the

test equipment.

8.2 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at

the Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer may be requested to repeat routine

tests on one unit under delivery in the presence of the Purchaser. If unit fails

the acceptance tests (proposed by vendor and approved by BREB), the

offered machine shall be rejected.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 16

16

9. Name Plate

9.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of the porosity test

machine:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable pressure and time

d) Technical specifications

e) Manufacturer logo

f) Weight and size of equipment

g) Drawing showing the outline of the instrument with pertinent

dimensions

10. Packaging and Shipping

10.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

10.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

10.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate field hand storage.

All openings shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent

entry of dust, dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

10.4 The cover of the main crate/carton shall carry the following information

written in English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

10.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

11. Warranty

11.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for

Section VI. Employers Requirements 17

17

a period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified

in tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective units shall

be repaired or replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

11.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set

conforms to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification

shall be accepted.

12. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

12.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of technical data,

catalogues and information with the bid submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the porosity test machine showing the dimensions and

physical features

b) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

c) Certified calibration test reports

d) Packaging details

e) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty.

f) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 5 years of experience manufacturing

g) Statement of country of origin

h) Copy of ISO 9001: 2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant.

i) Copies of test certificates evidencing completion of qualification tests

j) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

k) List of clients in last five years with their respective addresses, which were

supplied porosity testing machine

Section VI. Employers Requirements 18

18

Technical Requirement & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for

Porosity Test Machine

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be

rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of

the bid

Sr. # Description Unit/

Clause

REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name and

model number

Required

2 Manufacturer /Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 a) Scope

b) Reference Standards

Clause 1

Clause 2

Compliance required

4 Experience and Quality

Control

Clause 3 Compliance required

5 Service Conditions Clause 4 Compliance required

6 Design and Functional

Specifications

Clause 5 Compliance required

Specifications – Compliance required as under:

7 Machine shall be capable

of producing

Clause

5.5 Compression rate 80:1

Driving air

pressure: 0.3 to

0.8Mpa

Maximum output

pressure: 0-40Mpa

Controlling

accuracy: +2% of

max. Pressure and -

1% of min. pressure

Section VI. Employers Requirements 19

19

8 Machine shall have Clause

5.6 Panel control: knobs, pressure

gauges, timer etc.

Pressure control

mode: Manual

Time of pressure

holding: Any length

(24-72 hours)

Testing medium: Ethanol/water

9 Operating manual Clause 6 Required

10 Model Required

11 Year of manufacture Required

12 Test reports and testing Clause 8 Required

13 Weight of machine Kg Required

14 Size cm/Inch Required

15 Submittal as per

specification

12 Required

16 Clause by Clause

conformance of

specification # 6

12 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical

specification with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations (If any)

17 Name & signature of

authorized representative

with date

18 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-20

20

Specification# 7

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

15kV Diagnostic Insulation Resistance Testing Set

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the supply of

15kV diagnostic insulation resistance testing set to Bangladesh Rural

Electrification Board (BREB).

1.2 BREB technical staff intends to use this equipment for non-destructive

insulation resistance testing of electrical equipment/components of the power

distribution system.

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at

the time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 15kV diagnostic insulation resistance testing set shall conform to the latest

editions of the standards applicable to their construction, including but not

limited to those listed below, and their normative references:

(a) IEC 61557 Part I & II: Electrical safety in low voltage distribution system

up to 1000Va.c. and 1500 V d.c. Part-I: General requirements, Part-II:

Insulation resistance

(b) IEC 61010-1: Safety requirements for electrical equipment for

measurement, control and laboratory use: General requirements

(c) IEEE 43 (1972 Revised): IEEE recommended practice for testing

insulation resistance of rotating machinery

(d) IEC 60529: Degree of protection (IP Code)

(e) IEC 61326-1: Electrical equipment for measurement, control and

laboratory use-EMC requirements-Part-1: General requirements

(f) ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1991: Protection against transients from primary or

main supply

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 15kV diagnostic insulation resistance testing set shall be manufactured at a

plant that has fabricated equipment of similar ratings, design and

characteristics for a period not less than ten years and that holds ISO:9001-

2015 Certification for quality management.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-21

21

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The 15kV diagnostic insulation resistance testing set shall be suitable for

indoor and outdoor operations under the local service conditions in

Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative Humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average Humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Performance, Functional Specifications and Testing Features

5.1 The insulation resistance testing set shall meet or exceed the requirements of

this specification in all respects.

5.2 The 15kV diagnostic insulation resistance testing set shall be used for the cost

effective, reliable, non-destructive testing of electrical equipment like cables,

conductors of overhead lines, insulators etc. for validating their insulation

resistance and ageing of insulation.

5.3 The 15kV insulation testing set shall have the following functional

specifications and features:

a) Voltage: 15kV DC

b) Range:

i) 1kV to maximum test voltage in 25 V steps

ii) 100 V to 1kV in 6 to 10 V steps with preset test voltages

iii) Above 1kV programmable test voltages

c) Measurement:

i) Max. Reading 30 TΩ

ii) Min. Reading 10 KΩ

d) Test set shall measure:

i) Voltage

ii) Capacitance

iii) Leakage current

e) Test set shall produce test values for:

i) Spot Reading (IR)/Leakage Current

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-22

22

ii) Timed insulation resistance (IR)

iii) Polarization index (PI)

iv) Dielectric absorption index (DAI)

v) Step voltage (SV)

vi) Dielectric discharge (DD)-Pre-programmed

vii) Ramp voltage that linearly increases at a steady rate typically 1000

V/min. (adjustable) the applied test voltage limit

viii) Visibility of results stored in memory

ix) Delete function to delete saved test results

f) Test set shall provide:

i) Analogue and digital display

ii) Short circuit current: less than 4 mA

iii) Timer limit function/control, storage for test results and display

with user-defined ID tag

iv) Maximum noise rejection

v) Breakdown voltage indication

vi) USB output port

vii) Downloading real time data facility-connectivity to the laptop for

data download and display graphics

viii) Supporting software for managing readings and test data

transfer

ix) Auto shut-off facility

x) Test results and testing data date and time stamped with advanced

memory

xi) Instrument to have a Li-ion rechargeable battery with minimum life

of 5 years and power supply from AC main

xii) Guard terminal for safety

xiii) User protection as built-in feature in the instrument

5.4 Instrument shall accompany with it, the manufacturer’s recommended set of

cables/leads and clips/connectors to be used for measurement of insulation

resistance.

5.5 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value with

corresponding reference standard without effecting the requirements of this

specification.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-23

23

6. Technical Specifications

Max. Output voltage 15KV

Test Voltages 1000V, 2500V, 5000V, 10000V, 15000V

Test Modes IR, IR(t), DAR, PI, SV, DD, ramp test

Accuracy from 1 MW to ±5% ≤ 3 TΩ

±20% to 35 TΩ

Short circuit/charge

current

3 mA

Test voltage accuracy +4%, -0%, ±10 V nominal test voltage at 1 GΩ load

(0°C to 30°C)

Lock test voltage 100 VL to 1kV in 10V steps, 1kV to 5kV in 25V steps,

5 kV to 15kV in 25V steps

Resistance Range 10kΩ to 30TΩ

Safety Rating 1000 V to 3000m; Meets the requirements of IEC

61010-1

Max. Noise rejection 6mA

Battery Life 4.5 hours (typical) continuous testing at 15 kV with a

100 MΩ load

Accuracy From 1MΩ to 3TΩ ±5%

From 1MΩ to 30TΩ ±20%

Capacitor charge <7.5s/μF at 3 mA to 15 kV

Current range 0.01 nA to 6 mA

Capacitance range 10nF to 25μF

Capacitance measurement

accuracy

±10% ±5nF

Max. Resistance 30TΩ

Operating temperature

range

-20°C to 50°C

7. Display Panel, Selection Switch and Pushbuttons

7.1 Insulation resistance test set shall have large, clear LCD display, range and

selection switches and pushbuttons to control the tester, view results once test

is completed, and scroll through chosen test results. The display shall also

indicate battery status and battery charging.

7.2 Display annunciators shall indicate all measureable parameters, possible

hazardous voltage, warnings, test voltage selection, battery charge status, bar

graph display of insulation resistance, digital display of insulation resistance,

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-24

24

text display showing voltage, test current, capacitance, programmable test

voltage, and menu options.

8. Carry Case

8.1 A rugged and impact proof protective carry case shall be provided for holding

instrument, set of leads, clips and manual.

9. Operating Manual

9.1 The instrument shall be provided with the operating manual and user’s

guide in English language. Operating manual shall contain detailed description

of the tester, parts of it and operational procedure with pictures, schematic

drawings and technical specifications.

10. Training Session and Safe Use

10.1 The supplier shall conduct a training session to the end user on the application

of insulation tester. User shall be given training on safe application of the

instrument during measurements and information on safety warnings like

switching-off, de-energization of instrument, isolating from the circuit,

discharging capacitive circuits as part of the safe working with the tester.

10.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training

and hands-on experience and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation.

11. Tests

11.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, type test certificates from a

credible independent institution attesting to the fact that that type tests have been

carried out successfully on the test equipment.

11.2 Routine Tests:

The test equipment produced shall be subjected to routine tests before offer for

acceptance.

11.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer may be requested to repeat routine factory

acceptance tests on one unit in the presence of the Purchaser. If unit fails the

acceptance tests (proposed by the vendor and approved by BREB), the offered unit

shall be rejected.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-25

25

12. Name Plate

12.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of the Insulation

Resistance Tester:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings and technical

specifications

d) Reference Standard

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

13. Packaging and Shipping

13.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

13.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation

instructions.

13.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate field hand storage.

All openings shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent

entry of dust, dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

13.4 The cover of the main crate/carton shall carry the following information

written in English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

13.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

14. Warranty

14.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for

a period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified

in tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective units shall

be repaired or replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-26

26

14.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set

conforms to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification

shall be accepted.

15. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

15.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of the technical

information, catalogues, operating procedure of 15kV diagnostic insulation

resistance testing set with the bid submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the portable test set showing the dimensions and

physical features

b) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

c) Schematic electrical connection drawings and testing methods

d) Packaging details

e) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

f) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience

manufacturing

g) Statement of country of origin for all items

h) Copy of ISO: 9001- 2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

i) Copies of type test certificates evidencing completion of qualification tests

from an accredited testing laboratory

j) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

k) List of clients in last five years with their addresses, which were supplied

the 15kV diagnostic Insulation Resistance Testing Set

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-27

27

Technical Requirement & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for 15kv

Diagnostic Insulation Resistance Testing Set

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr. # Description Unit/Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name and

model number

Megger MIT 1525 or

equivalent North American

or European manufacture

2. Supplier name Required

3 Manufacturer/Supplier

address and contacts

Required

4 a) Scope

b) Reference Standards

Clause 1

Clause 2

Compliance required

5 Experience and Quality

Control

Clause 3 Compliance required

6 Service Conditions Clause 4 Compliance required

Specifications, Performance, Functional and Testing Features - Compliance of

clause 5 & 6 required

7 Type of test set Portable, digital, rugged

8 Output Voltage kV 15kV

9 Test voltages Volts (V) 1000V, 2500V, 5000V,

10000V, 15000V

(programmable)

10 Test voltage accuracy +4%, -0%, ±10V nominal

test voltage at 1 GΩ load

(0°C to 30°C)

11 Test Modes 5.3 e IR, IR(t), DAR, PI, SV, DD,

Ramp Test

12 Accuracy Ohm ±5% (From 1MΩ to 3TΩ)

±20% (From 1MΩ to 35 TΩ)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-28

28

13 Lock test voltage kV 100V to 1 kV in 10V steps, 1

kV to 5kV in 25V steps, 5

kV to 15 kV in 25V steps

14 Features As per clause 5.2, Required

15 Resistance Range Ohm 10kΩ to 30TΩ

16 Range kV 1kV to 15kV in 25 steps, 100

to 1kV in 6 steps and above

1kV programmable

17 Measurement Ohms Max. Reading: 30 TΩ Min.

Reading: 10KΩ

18 Safety Rating Meets the requirements of

IEC 61010-1

19 Instrument to measure V, F, I Voltage, Capacitance &

Leakage current

20 Capacitor charge μF <7.5s/μF at 3 mA to 15 kV

21 Current range A 0.01nA to 6mA

21 A Capacitance range F 10nF to 25μF

22 Capacitance

measurement accuracy

nF ±10% ±5 nF

23 Max. Noise rejection mA 6mA

24 Test set to produce test

values

Clause 5.3 e a) Spot Reading

(IR)/Leakage Current

b) Timed insulation

resistance (IR)

c) Polarization index (PI)

d) Dielectric absorption

index (DAI)

e) Step voltage (SV)

f) Dielectric discharge

(DD)-Pre-programmed

g) Ramp voltage that

linearly increases at a

steady rate typically 1000

V/min. (adjustable) the

applied test voltage limit

h) Visibility of results

stored in memory

i) Delete function to delete

saved test results

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-29

29

25 Test set to provide Clause 5 f a) Analogue and digital

display

b) Short circuit current: 4

mA

c) Timer limit

function/control, storage

for test results and

display with user-defined

ID tag

d) Maximum noise rejection

e) Breakdown voltage

indication

f) USB output port

g) Downloading real time

data facility-connectivity

to the laptop for data

download and display

graphics

h) Supporting software for

managing readings and

test data transfer

i) Auto shut-off facility

j) Test results and testing

data date and time

stamped with advanced

memory

k) Instrument to have a Li-

ion rechargeable battery

with minimum life of 5

years and power supply

from AC main.

l) Guard terminal for safety

m) User protection as built-

in feature in the

instrument.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-30

30

26 Display 6 Large, clear LCD

27 PC/Laptop connectivity

& USB

Required

28 Software CD Required

29 Selection switched &

push buttons

As per clause 6 required

30 Degree of protection

(IP) IEC 60529

Dust, water & moisture proof

321 Display Clause 6 High contrast, adjustable

LCD (as per clause 5.2f),

Required

32 Short circuit current mA Less than 4 mA

33 Overload & short circuit

protection

Clause 5 Required

34 Analogue & digital

display

Clause 5 Required

35 Guaranteed Battery life

(Li-Ion)

Years Rechargeable/ 5Years (Min.)

36 Whether Battery

replaceable

Clause 5 Required

37 Rugged, impact proof &

durable carry case

Clause 5 Required

38 Manufacturer's

recommended

cables/leads, clips &

connectors

Clause 5.4 Required

39 Display Panel, Selection

Switch and Pushbuttons

Clause 7 Compliance required

40 Training to BREB staff

and Operator's safety

Clause 10 Compliance required

41 Type Tests Clause 11 Type test reports required

42 Model Required

443 Year of manufacture Required

44 Operating manual Clause 8 Required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-31

31

45 Weight of instrument Kg Required

46 Size cm/Inch Required

47 Submittal as per

specification

Clause 15 Required

48 Clause by Clause

conformance of this

technical specification

Clause 15 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specifications with

the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the bidder/vendor/supplier

(add sheet, if necessary)

49 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with date

Official Seal and stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-32

32

Specification# 8

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Low Resistance Ohm-Meter

Technical specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the design,

manufacture, testing and supply of Low Resistance Ohm-Meter to

Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board (BREB) for laboratory and

outdoor field-testing.

1.2 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed

at the time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.3 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or

modification without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 The Micro-Ohm Meter shall conform to the latest editions of the standards

applicable to their construction and application including but not limited

to those listed below, and their normative references:

(a) IEC 61557 Part I & II: Electrical safety in low voltage distribution

system up to 1000Va.c. and 1500 V d.c. Part-I: General requirements,

Part-II: Insulation resistance

(b) IEC 61010-1: Safety requirements for electrical equipment for

measurement, control and laboratory use: General requirements

(c) IEC 61326-1: Electrical equipment for measurement, control and

laboratory use-EMC requirements-Part-1: General requirements

(d) IEC 60529: Degree of protection (IP Code)

(e) IEEE 43 (1972 Revised): IEEE recommended practice for testing

insulation resistance of rotating machinery

(f) ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1991, Protection against transients from primary

or main supply

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 The Micro-Ohm Meter shall be manufactured at a plant that has

fabricated units of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a period

not less than ten years and that holds ISO: 9001-2015 Certification for

quality management.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-33

33

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The Micro-Ohm Meter shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor operation

under the local service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative Humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average Humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum

humidity and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Performance and Functional Specifications

5.1 The Micro-Ohm Meter shall meet or exceed the requirements of this

specification in all respects.

5.2 The Micro-Ohm Meter shall provide reliable and accurate low resistance

measurement results.

5.3 The instrument shall be fully automatic; user shall be able to select

suitable current up to 10 Amp DC to measure resistance from 0.1 Ω to

2KΩ on one of the ranges.

5.4 The instrument shall be required for DC resistance measurements of the

equipment like: switches, contact breakers, wire and cable lengths,

conductor lengths, metal alloy joints, welds and fuses, rail and pipe bonds,

bus-bars and cable joints, integrity of welded joints, quality control of

resistive components, inspection of incoming materials, lightning

conductor bonding resistance etc.

5.5 The Micro-Ohm Meter shall have following main functional specifications

and features:

a) Test current (100μA, 1mA, 10mA, 100mA, 10A) DC (Manually

selectable maximum test current) to measure resistance from 0.1 Ω to

2000 Ω

b) Number of ranges with power limited to 0.25W (optional override)

shall be seven 07 or vendor proposed

c) Test current accuracy: +/- 10%

d) Measurement:

i. Max. Reading: 2KΩ in 3s

e) Test set shall measure:

i) Auto current reversal to cancel standing emfs

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-34

34

ii) Fuse protected to 600V

iii) 250mW power limit to avoid heating the test sample

iv) Auto detect continuity in potential (P) and current (C) circuits

v) Visible warning of high voltage present at terminals

vi) Visible warning of current flowing in test sample

vii) Multiple operating modes including fully automatic

viii) Alpha-numeric keypad for entering test notes

ix) User settable high and low limits

x) Auto ranging with manual option and Printer output with

memory

xi) Display average of measurements achieved using forwards and

reverse currents

f) Modes:

i) Manual

ii) Auto

iii) Continues

iv) Inductive

g) Control shall be fully automatic

h) Response time: <3s for forward and reverse current and display

average

i) Test method: Single cycle reversing DC radiometric measurement

average result display

j) Maximum lead resistance: 100 mΩ total for 10A operation irrespective

of battery condition

k) Voltmeter input impedance: >200kOhm

l) Stability: <10ppm per second or better

m) Hum rejection: less than 1%

n) Warning signal if hum or noise exceeds beyond limit

5.6 Instrument shall have a NiMH ion rechargeable battery with minimum life

of 5 years and with external charger.

5.7 Instrument shall be accompanied with manufacturer’s recommended

compatible low resistance Kelvin Clips, C-clamps, dual points and

individual leads for solid connections.

5.8 Instrument shall automatically detect continuity in potential and current

circuits/loops preventing erroneously high reading taken due to high

resistance contacts.

5.9 Test Leads: A set of manufacturer’s recommended test leads of suitable

lengths (manufacturer will assess and offer actual lengths needed) with

spikes, terminal clips, duplex leads. However, clamps shall accompany the

tester as follows:

a) Potential Hand Spikes (10A): 2 m

b) Current Terminal Clips (10A): 2 m

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-35

35

5.10 Duplex Test Leads:

a) Helical Hand Spikes with spring points (10A): 5.5 m

b) Helical Hand Spikes with spring points and current push button

switch (10A): 5.5 m

c) Heavy-Duty Fixed-Point Hand Spikes (10A): 2m

d) Replaceable Needle Points (10A): 2m

e) 5cm Heavy Duty C-clamps (10A): 2 m

f) 4cm Kelvin Clips (10A): 2m

5.11 Auto turn: ON/OFF

5.12 Brightness control

5.13 LED indications: if leads are disconnected from test sample

5.14 Warning LED indications: if external voltage is applied to the terminals,

and indications, if current greater than 1 mA flows after completion of test

as indication of discharge of inductive load.

5.15 Noise indication: If noise level exceeds above threshold, noise indication

will automatically warn that test results are not reliable.

5.16 Degree of protection: dust, moisture and water proof; IP: 64 (IEC 60529)

5.17 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a substitute value

with corresponding reference standards without effecting the requirements

of this specification.

6. Display

6.1 Micro-Ohm Meter shall have clear LED seven segment or LCD display,

range and selection knobs and pushbuttons to control the instrument, view

results, and scroll through chosen test results. The display shall indicate

battery status and battery charging as well.

7. Carry Case

7.1 A rugged protective field carry case shall be provided for holding

instrument, set of leads, set of clips and instruction manual and other

accessories.

8. Operating Manual

8.1 Operating manual-user’s guide in English language shall accompany the

instrument. Operating manual shall cover technical specifications, general

operation of the Micro-Ohm Meter and battery care warnings. User guide

shall also contain detailed description of the tester, parts of it, safety

guidance and electrical schematic diagrams.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-36

36

9. Training Session

9.1 The supplier shall conduct a training session to the end user on the

application of Micro-Ohm Meter. User shall be given training on safe

application of the instrument during measurements.

9.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom

training and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of

equipment operation.

10. Tests

10.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, type test certificates

attesting to the fact that that type tests have been carried out successfully on

the Micro-Ohm Meter.

10.2 Routine Tests:

The Micro-Ohm Meter produced shall be subjected to routine tests.

10.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer may be requested to repeat routine tests on

one unit in the presence of the Purchaser. If unit fails the acceptance tests

(proposed be vendor and approved by BREB), the offered units shall be rejected.

11. Name Plate

11.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of the Micro-

Ohm Meter:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, specifications and safety

warnings

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

12. Packaging and Shipping

12.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh

12.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture

proof materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely

assembled condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and

installation instructions.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-37

37

12.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably

protected against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate field

hand storage. All openings shall be effectively sealed with temporary

closures to prevent entry of dust, dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

12.4 The cover of the main crate/carton shall carry the following information

written in English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

12.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from

BREB as applicable.

12.6 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set

conforms to this specification. Purchase interpretation of this specification

shall be accepted.

13. Warranty

13.1 The manufacturer /vendor shall warrant Micro-Ohm Meter supplied under

this specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or

workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of delivery,

unless otherwise specified in tender documents.

13.2 During the period of such warranty, defective units shall be replaced at

manufacturer/vendor cost.

14. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

14.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of the

technical data, catalogues, operating procedures and other information

with the bid submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the portable Micro-Ohm Meter showing the

dimensions and physical features

b) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

c) Schematic electrical drawings and operating procedure

d) Certified calibration test reports

e) Packaging details

f) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty.

g) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience

manufacturing

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-38

38

h) Statement of country of origin for all items

i) Copy of ISO: 9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant.

j) Copies of type test certificates evidencing completion of qualification

tests from an accredited testing laboratory

k) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a

list and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

l) List of clients in last five years with their addresses, which were

supplied Micro-Ohm Meter

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-39

39

Technical Requirement & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for Low

Resistance Micro Ohm-Meter

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr. # Description Unit/Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name and

model number

Megger DLRO 10

or equivalent North

American or

European

manufacture

2 Manufacturer /Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 a) Scope

b) Reference Standards

Clause 1

Clause 2

Compliance

required

4 Experience and Quality

control

Clause 3 Compliance

required

5 Service Conditions Clause 4 Compliance

required

6 Performance and

Functional Specifications

Clause 5 Compliance

required

Specifications –Compliance of clause 5 (5.1 to 5.17) required

7 Type of micro-ohm meter Portable, digital,

rugged

8 Mode Manual, Auto,

Continuous,

Inductive

9 Control Fully Automatic

10 Response time Sec <3s for forward &

reverse current and

to display average

11 Test method Single cycle

reversing

d.c.ratiometric

measurement-

average result

display

12 Test current mA 100μA, 1mA,

10mA, 100mA,

10A

13 Nominal current A Up to 10A

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-40

40

14 Test current accuracy % ±10%

15 Test current stability Ppm <10 ppm per

second

16 Resolution Ω 0.1Ω

17 Resistance measurement Ω 0.1 Ω to 2000 Ω

(2k in 3Ωs)

18 Max. power limit W 250mW (to avoid

heating test

sample)

19 Visible warning of high

voltage at test terminal

Required

20 Maximum Lead Resistance Ω 100mΩ total for

10A operation

irrespective of

battery condition.

21 Voltmeter input impedance kΩ > 200kΩ

22 Hum rejection Less than 1%

23 Result storage download,

PC/Laptop connectivity &

USB

Required

24 Software CD Required

25 Display as given in Clause

5 (sub-clauses 5.12, 5.13,

5.14, 5.15)

LED 4-1/2Digit

26 Overload & short circuit

protection

Required

27 Guaranteed NiMH Battery

life

Years Rechargeable/5Yea

rs (Min.)/Via

external 90 V-260

V 50 Hz charger

28 Whether NiMH Battery

replaceable

Required

29 Degree of protection as per

IEC 60529 (IP64)

IP64

30 Rugged, impact proof &

durable carry case for

instrument and test leads

Compliance

required

31 Manufacturer's

recommended

cables/testing leads, clips

& connectors (as per

clause 5.9 & 5.10) -

without cables, leads, clips

& accessories instrument

Clause 5.9 &

5.10

Compliance

required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-41

41

will not be accepted

32 Display Clause 6.1 Compliance

required

33 Carry Case Clause 7.1 Compliance

required

34 Type Test reports Clause 10.1 Compliance

required

35 Training to BREB staff Clause 9 Compliance

required

36 Model Required

37 Year of manufacture Required

38 Operating manual Clause 8.1 Required

39 Weight of instrument Kg Required

40 Size cm/inch Required

41 Submittal as per

specification

Clause 14 Required

42 Clause by Clause

conformanceofthis

technical specification

Clause 14 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification

with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

43 Name & signature of

authorized representative

with date

44 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-42

42

Specification# 9

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Hot Air Oven

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the supply of

“Hot Air Electric Oven” having electronic digital display and automatic time

control.

1.2 Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board (BREB) staff intends to use “Hot Air

Electric Oven” in their laboratory environment for carrying out Hot Set,

Shrinkage and other applicable tests on samples of Cross-linked Polyethylene

(XLPE) and Polyvinylchloride (PVC) materials at an elevated temperature in

accordance with IEEE and IEC standards.

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at

the time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Experience and Quality Control

2.1 The “Hot Air Electric Oven” shall be manufactured by a supplier that has an

experience of fabricating instruments of similar design and characteristics for a

period not less than five years and that holds ISO:9001-2015 Certification for

quality management.

3. Reference Standards

3.1 The “Hot Air Electric Oven” shall conform to the latest editions of the

standards applicable to their construction and application for Hot Set test,

Shrinkage test, Ageing test and other specified tests on XLPE insulation and

PVC sheath samples of power cables, including but not limited to those, and

their normative references from IEC, ISO, DIN and other applicable standards.

Power cable reference standards are as follows:

(a) IEC 60502-1 & 2: Power cables with extruded insulation and their

accessories for rated voltages from 1kV up to 30 kV, Part-1: Cables for

rated 1 kV (Um=1.2 kV) and 3 kV (Um=3.6 kV, Part-2: Cables for rated 6

kV (Um=7.2 kV) up to 30 kV (Um=36kV)

(b) IEC 60811-507 -2012: Hot set test for cross-linked materials

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-43

43

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The hot air electric oven shall be suitable under the local service conditions in

Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Performance Specifications and Constructional Features

5.1 The “Hot Air Electric Oven” shall meet or exceed the requirements of this

specification in all respects.

5.2 The hot air oven shall be an electrically powered device, which shall provide

dry air heat up and maintain temperature for hot set test, elongation and other

IEC 60811 specified tests on samples of cross-linked Polyethylene (XLPE)

and Polyvinylchloride (PVC) materials.

5.3 Oven inside the chamber shall have an arrangement for suspension of dumb-

bell shaped samples (prepared in accordance with IEC 60811-501) with

weights attached to lower grips exerted at a specified value for the material.

5.4 The oven shall operate in laboratory environment and maintain the desired

temperature for the preset time using thermostat control.

5.5 The oven shall be double walled insulation to keep and maintain energy. The

inner layer shall be poor conductor and outer layer shall be metallic. There

shall be air-circulating system for uniform distribution of heat.

5.6 In the control panel there shall be indicators for controls of temperature and

time.

5.7 The power supply shall be from main power 415/240 V source at 50 Hz.

5.8 The Oven shall have the following constructional specifications and features:

a) Portable, reliable, high accuracy and easy to use

b) Size: 24inch x 24inch x 24inch of inside chamber

c) Range: Ambient (Co)– to – 250C

o

d) Resolution: 1 Co

e) Double walled with in between adequate thermal insulation

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-44

44

f) With industrial grade and reliable air circulation system to maintain

uniform temperature inside the chamber

g) Digital temperature indicator with controller and auto-time controller

h) Provided with sensors for control

i) Inside chamber should be large enough and have suitable arrangements for

hanging samples

j) LCD Display and LED annunciations

k) Touch keys for operation menu

l) Alarms at start and stop of tests and in abnormal conditions like high

temperature limits

m) LED indications for: heating, timer, fan, Power NO/OFF, real time clock,

data logging, connectivity with PC and data management software

n) Electric oven to have electrical protection with circuit breaker and surge

diversion

5.9 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value with

corresponding reference standard without effecting the requirements of this

specification.

6. Operating Manual

6.1 A comprehensive operating manual-user guide shall be provided with the hot

air electric oven, which shall contain operational information, description of

oven parts, electrical circuits, size and weight, warnings signs, controls,

technical specifications, allowable temperature range and other useful

features.

7. Inspection Certificate

7.1 An inspection certificate shall be provided to verify conformance to the

applicable Standards and calibration.

7.2 Pre-shipment inspection shall not be required.

7.3 Material shall be inspected for conformance to quality, calibration and

constructional features on arrival in accordance with the technical

specification, before acceptance. Deficient material shall be rejected.

8. Marking

8.1 The hot air oven shall be marked with the following information:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

d) Technical specifications and temperature range

e) Power requirements (Volts, Amps, Watts, Hz etc.)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-45

45

9. Packaging and Shipping

9.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea transport and

handling up to delivery in Bangladesh

9.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard carton in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain equipment and installation instructions.

9.3 The material shall be boxed or otherwise suitably protected against damage or

loss during shipment and to facilitate field hand storage. All openings shall be

effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust, dirt,

moisture and other foreign matter.

9.4 The cover of the main carton/bag shall carry the following information written

in English:

a) Description of material contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Manufacturer’s name

d) Description of material

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg and size

g) Bar coding

9.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

10. Warranty

10.1 The manufacturer /vendor shall warrant hot air electric oven supplied under

this specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship

for a period of one (1) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise

specified in tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective

units shall be replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

10.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered equipment shall

be conforming to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this

specification shall be accepted.

11. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

11.1 The Bidder shall clearly identify the manufacturer, type, and model number,

and provide catalog information such as lists of capabilities and drawings for

the proposed item demonstrating compliance with specification at the time of

bidding. Bidder shall not be allowed to make substitutions subsequent to

acceptance by BREB.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-46

46

11.2 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of the technical

and other information, catalogues with the bid submittal as follows:

(a) Outline drawings of the oven showing the dimensions and physical

features of the hot air oven

(b) Guaranteed technical parameter schedule

(c) Guaranteed insensitivity of electronic parts from inside oven temperatures

(d) Certified Calibration test reports

(e) Packaging details

(f) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty.

(g) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 5 years of experience manufacturing

(h) Statement of country of origin for all items

(i) Copy of ISO: 9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

(j) Copies of test certificates evidencing completion of qualification and

conformance tests

(k) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

(l) List of clients in last five years, which were supplied “Hot Air Electric

Oven” for laboratory use

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-47

47

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for Hot Air

Electric Oven

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr. # Description Unit/Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guarantee

d Values

1 Manufacturer name and

model number

Required

2 Manufacturer/ Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 a) Scope

b) Experience and

Quality Control

Clause 1

Clause 2

4 a) Reference Standards

b) Service Conditions

Clause 3

Clause 4

Compliance required

5 Type of Hot Air Electric

Oven

Clause 5 Lab. Grade, portable,

electrically powered,

415/240V, 50Hz

6 Specified Size Clause 5 b 24inchx24inchx24inch

7 Control Clause 5 g Automatic

8 Range Clause 5 c Ambient Co-+250C

o

9 Resolution Clause 5.8 d 1 Co

10 Construction Clause 5.8 Compliance required

11 Air circulation Clause 5.8f Compliance required

12 Temperature Indicator Clause 5.8g Clause 5.8g; Required

13 Display & LED

indications

Clause 5.8 j &

m

Compliance required

14 Protection & safety Clause 5.8n Compliance required

15 Model Required

16 Year of manufacture Required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-48

48

17 Operating manual Clause 6.1 Required

18 Weight of Oven Kg Required

19 Offered Size cm/Inch Required

20 Submittal as per

specification

Clause 11.1 Required

21 Clause by Clause

conformance of this

technical specification

Clause 11.1 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification

with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

22 Name & signature of

authorized representative

with date

23 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-49

49

Specification# 12

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Single-Phase and Three-Phase Energy Meters Testing and Calibration System

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for design,

manufacture, testing, supply, installation and commissioning of a Single-Phase

and Three-Phase Energy Meters Testing and Calibration Equipment/System at

a laboratory site designated by Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board

(BREB).

1.2 The test equipment/system will be used for the acceptance, routine and other

specified testing of static and electromechanical single-phase and three-phase

energy meters up to accuracy class 0.05 and conforming to the relevant ANSI

and IEC standards (clause 2).

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at

the time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 Energy Meters Testing and Calibration Equipment shall conform to the latest

editions of the standards applicable to their design, construction, production

and for testing applications, including but not limited to those listed below,

and their normative references:

(a) ANSI C12.1-2014: Code for Electricity Metering

(b) ANSI C12.10-2011: Physical Aspects of Watt-hour Meters-Safety

Standard

(c) ANSI C12.20 -2010: For Electricity Meters - Accuracy Class 0.2 and 0.5

(d) IEEE C37.90.1-2012: Surge Withstand Capability Tests for Relays and

Relay System Associated with Electric Power Apparatus

(e) ANSI C12.18: Protocol specification for ANSI type 2 optical port

(f) IEEE C57.13: Instrument Transformers

(g) IEC 62052-11: Electricity metering equipment (a.c.)-General

requirements, tests and test conditions

(h) IEC 62053-21: Electricity metering equipment (a.c.)-Static meters for

active energy (Class 1 and 2)

(i) IEC 62053-23: Electricity metering equipment (a.c.)-Static meters for

reactive energy (Class 2 and 3)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-50

50

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 Energy meters testing and calibration equipment shall be manufactured at a

plant that has fabricated equipment of similar ratings, design and

characteristics for a period not less than ten years and that holds ISO: 9001-

2015 Certification for quality management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 Energy meters testing and calibration equipment shall be suitable for indoor

operations in a meter testing laboratory environment under the local service

conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity and

temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Energy Meters in BREB System

5.1 Energy meters testing and calibration equipment shall be modular test system

to be used for the acceptance and routine testing of static and electro-

mechanical energy meters conforming to ANSI and IEC standards (clause 2)

as follows:

a) Single-Phase energy meters 10/60 A, 240/415 V, 50Hz, bottom

connected, A type Base

b) Three-phase four wire energy meters rated 10/100A, 240/415 V, 50Hz,

bottom connected, A type Base

c) Single-Phase energy meters, 200A, socket type

d) Three-Phase four wire, 15/100A, 240/415 V, 50Hz, self-contained,

without demand, socket type

e) Three-phase four wire, 15/100A, 240/415 V, 50Hz, self-contained,

with demand, socket type

f) Three-phase four wire, 15/100A, 240/415 V, 50Hz, self-contained,

without demand, transformer rated, socket type

5.2 System voltage: 240/415 V, 3 Phase Y, 50Hz

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-51

51

6. General

6.1 The offered test equipment shall be reliable, cost effective, low maintenance,

high accuracy, calibrated and meet or exceed the requirements of this

specification in all respects.

6.2 The test equipment shall be capable of performing all specified routine and

other tests within one system to fulfill the testing requirements of IEEE/ANSI

and IEC standards referred in clause 2 of this specification.

6.3 The test systems shall offer master PC and software for automated test

protocol using a well-designed sequence with minimal human intervention to

avoid humanly induced errors.

6.4 The energy meter testing and calibration equipment shall comprise of one

complete system for testing 3 single-phase, 3 three phase-energy meters and

shall have the minimum following components in general:

a) A transformer operated precise voltage, current and power source (self-

protected)

b) A static reference standard meter of specified accuracy class: 0.05

c) A powerful measuring electronics for error calculation

d) Pulse processing and comparator

e) Data communication and control

f) Energy meters mounting universal modular rack for 6 positions: 3

positions for mounting single phase energy meters and 3 positions for

mounting three phase energy meters to be tested from the same system

g) Meters connecting devices, cables, connectors and accessories

h) 6 number optical sensors for scanning both (i) mark on meter’s disk and

(ii) LED output of static meters

i) Window based Software package with licenses

j) All associated accessories

7. Design and Features

7.1 The supplier shall be responsible for providing fully functional testing bench

with all essential components, parts, instruments, racks, cables, connectors,

sensors, power supplies; software package, PC, printers etc. The energy

meters testing equipment with close loop capacity (for 3 meters) shall

comprise of, but not limited to those items listed below:

a) Precision Power Source: Three Phase transformer power source

3x300V/100VA and 3x120A/100VA. The power source shall be self-

protected against system over voltages, surges and harmonics. It shall be

highly stabilized, high accuracy and fully calibrated.

b) Reference Standard Meter: High accuracy and calibrated 3 Phase reference

standard 500V/120A, Class: 0.05

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-52

52

c) Fixed Handling System: Desk with metallic stand for mounting up to three

(3) number three phase and three (3) number single phase energy meters

with quick connection system

d) Power supply unit/modules for the precision electronically compensated

CTs needed for the system (described in this specification).

e) Complete Local Evaluation Unit: For evaluation of error of the tested

meter (for testing both dynamic & static meters with optical

communication head)

f) Precision electronically compensated 3 current transformers, three phase

common mode rejecter with current isolation, class 0.05

g) Software Package for electricity meter testing (Control software and data

Archiver) – License for testing 6 meters (3 single phase and 3 three phase),

user friendly Windows based program in English

h) Main Control and Evaluation Unit PC: Basic Control System (PC, LCD

Display, Windows) and Communication Controller

i) Microsoft Office -English language, Microsoft Office (for output protocol

creation) and test report generation

j) Laser Printer, latest A4 printer for output protocol printing

k) Memory to store and transfer data to laptop via interfacing communication

cable

8. Technical Specifications

8.1 Input:

a) Voltage: 240/415Volts +/-10%, 3 phase 4Wire

b) Frequency: 40-70Hz

c) Power rating: 3x300V / 100VA and 3x120A / 100VA

d) Display: system shall display details of output parameters

e) Warming time: maximum 10 Minutes

8.2 Output:

a) Voltage: 3 x 40 to 3x450 V continuously variable AC

b) Current: 3 x 1mA to 3 x100 A

c) Phase Angle: 0- 360o

d) Output Power: Suitable for 6 positions (3 for single phase energy

meters and 3 three phase energy meters to be tested from common

testing system but with respective applicable settings at a time)

8.3 Test Current Circuit:

a) Current ranges (A): 0.1A, 0.25 A, 0.5A-2.5A-5A-10A-20A-30A-50A-

100A-120A

b) Percentage load ranges: 0%, 2.5%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 50%, 100%,

120%

c) Current adjustment: 0-120% consecutively adjustable

d) Starting current selection switch settings: Selectable 0.25%, 0.5%, 0.75

%, 1%, 1.5%

e) Type of phase shifter: Network type/ Induction type

8.4 Power Factor:

a) Power factor range: 90o lag/ 90

o lead

b) Power factor quick selector setting: In steps of 30o

and in between

values continuously variable in each phase

c) Phase sequence: Phase sequence selector switch

8.5 Reference Standard Meter:

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-53

53

a) Voltage range: 0.5V-500V

b) Current range: 1 mA- 120A

c) Accuracy of energy measurement (Precision Class): 0.05%

d) Phase angle range: 0-360o, accuracy: 0.02

e) Frequency: 40-70Hz

f) Display: Built-in and details of parameters

g) Keypad: Built-in

h) Measured parameters: Power, Active Energy, Reactive Energy,

Apparent Voltage, Current/ Phase, Frequency, Distortion, Harmonic

content

8.6 Communication Port: RS 232 serial and cable

8.7 Mounting Rack:

a) Meter mounting rack details: Vendor shall specify in offer with detail

design

b) Number of measuring positions on rack: 3 single phase energy meters

and 3 three phase energy meters

c) Number of scanning heads: six (6)

d) Scanning head response time: Vendor shall specify

e) Number of individual error displays: six (6)

f) Pulse input cable: one for each position

8.8 Software and Accessories:

a) Vendor shall propose details of hardware and software (operating

system) and configuration of computer and control system

b) HP Laser jet printer (vendor shall propose the latest model)

c) Automatic and manual operation modes shall be provided

d) Software shall be capable of:

i) Defining details of each meter under test i.e serial number, type,

ratings, make etc.

ii) Defining test sequence

iii) Testing 10 similar type/rated meters having different meter

constants

iv) Displaying individual errors of the meters under test on the PC

v) Displaying the instantaneous parameters including vector diagram

measured by the standard meter

vi) Defining error tolerance

vii) Printing the test results of all tested meters

8.9 Scanning heads shall be able to detect colored marks on disc of

electromechanical meters and LED from static meters

8.10 Test bench shall be able to facilitate testing both bottom-connected “A Base”

meters and “Socket” type meters

8.11 Test bench shall have:

a) Overload and surge protection

b) Auto-range for current and voltage

c) Auto/manual test programmable by software

d) Test three-phase and single-phase meters

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-54

54

e) Suitable for 3 phase 4 wire system

f) Software Window based, results can be saved, searched and printed out

g) Database provides statistics, category, and information check, serial

numbers, and type of meter, data management, create and delete fields

h) Test equipment mounted on a panel in racks

i) Spare fuses (ten pieces), if used in the testing system shall be provided

with the equipment

8.12 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value with

corresponding reference standards in their respective submittal without

effecting the requirements of this specification.

9. Operating Manuals and Documentation

9.1 The energy meters testing and calibration system shall be provided with a set

of operation and maintenance manuals in English language.

9.2 The manuals shall contain detailed description of each component of the test

equipment; parts of it like reference standard, amplifier, measurement

software, power source, voltage and current amplifiers, error calculations,

programming test schemes, report generation and printing etc.

9.3 Schematic wiring diagram shall be part of the operating manual.

9.4 Dimensional drawings and floor layout plan shall be provided.

10. Installation, Testing and Commissioning

10.1 The supplier shall be responsible for Energy Meters Testing and Calibration

System installation, testing, commissioning at BREB proposed site and

handing over of equipment to the BREB designated representatives in fully

functional form.

10.2 The supplier shall provide in advance the physical layout plan and other

requirements for installation of the energy meters testing bench to BREB for

review and approval.

11. Training

11.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB designated engineers and

technicians. The training shall be on the use of the system for testing and

calibration of single-phase and three-phase energy meters, use of software,

measurements, recording test data, data transfer and processing through

Windows based software, recording of error and accuracy to fulfill testing

requirements of ANSI and IEC reference standards.

11.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training

and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation.

12. Tests

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-55

55

12.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to the fact

that that type tests have been carried out successfully on the test equipment. The

manufacturer shall also provide test certificates for conformance, safety and power

source protection against over voltage and surges. The type test certificates for

standard meter calibration shall be from an independent accredited testing laboratory.

12.2 Routine Tests:

The supplier shall subject the test equipment produced to routine tests.

12.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer shall be requested to have factory acceptance

tests (FAT) on the meter testing and calibration system under delivery in the

presence of the Purchaser’s representatives. If testing and calibration system

fails the acceptance tests protocol, the offered equipment shall be rejected. The

FAT protocol shall be proposed by the supplier and approved by BREB.

13. Name Plate

13.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of the Energy

Meters Testing Bench:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings, power supply and

technical specifications

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

14. Packaging and Shipping

14.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

14.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

14.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate field hand storage.

All openings shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent

entry of dust, dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

14.4 The cover of the main crate/carton shall carry the following information

written in English:

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-56

56

(a) Number of test instrument contained therein

(b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

(c) Description of the material

(d) Manufacturer’s name

(e) Purchase order number

(f) Gross weight in kg

(g) Bar code

14.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

15. Warranty

15.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for

a period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified

in tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective units shall

be replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

15.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set

conforms to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification

shall be accepted.

16. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

16.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of technical data,

catalogues, testing procedure and other information in the bid submittal, as

follows:

(a) Outline drawings of the meter testing equipment showing the dimensions,

schematic drawings, catalogues, data sheets and physical features

(b) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

(c) Certified calibration test reports

(d) Packaging details

(e) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

(f) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience

manufacturing

(g) Statement of country of origin for all items

(h) Copy of ISO 9001-2015,certification for the manufacturing plant

(i) Copies of type test reports and certificates evidencing completion of

qualification tests from an accredited testing laboratory

(j) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

(k) List of clients in last five years with their respective addresses, which were

supplied “Energy Meters Testing and Calibration System”

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-57

57

Technical Requirement & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for Single-

Phase and Three-Phase Energy Meters Testing and Calibration System

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be

rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the

bid

Sr.

#

Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guarantee

d Values

1 Manufacturer

name and model

number

Applied Precision, ELMA-

6 or equivalent North

American or European

manufacturer

2 Manufacturer

/Supplier address

and contacts

Required

3 Scope and

Reference

Standards

1 & 2 Compliance Required

4 Experience,

Quality Control &

Service

Conditions

3 & 4 Compliance Required

5 "Energy Meter

Testing System"

to be suitable for

meters type in

BREB network

5 (sub-clauses

5.1 & 5.2)

Compliance Required

6 Testing system

“General

Specifications”

Clause 6 (sub-

clauses 6.1 to

6.4)

Compliance Required

7 Testing system

"Design and

Features”

Clause 7 (sub-

clauses 7.1 (a

to k))

Compliance Required

8 Testing equipment

components

7.1 a) Precision Power

Source: Three Phase

transformer power

source 3x300V/100VA

and 3x120A/100VA.

The power source shall

be self-protected

against system over

voltages, surges and

harmonics. It shall be

highly stabilized, high

accuracy and fully

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-58

58

calibrated.

b) Reference Standard

Meter: High accuracy

and calibrated 3 Phase

reference standard

500V/120A, Class:

0.05

c) Fixed Handling

System: Desk with

metallic stand for

mounting up to three

(3) number three phase

and three (3) number

single phase energy

meters with quick

connection system

d) Power supply

unit/modules for the

precision electronically

compensated CTs

needed for the system

(described in this

specification).

e) Complete Local

Evaluation Unit: For

evaluation of error of

the tested meter (for

testing both dynamic

& static meters with

optical communication

head)

f) Precision

electronically

compensated 3 current

transformers, three

phase common mode

rejecter with current

isolation, class 0.05

g) Software Package for

electricity meter

testing (Control

software and data

Archiver) – License for

testing 6 meters (3

single phase and 3

three phase), user

friendly Windows

based program in

English

h) Main Control and

Evaluation Unit PC:

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-59

59

Basic Control System

(PC, LCD Display,

Windows) and

Communication

Controller

i) Microsoft Office -

English language,

Microsoft Office (for

output protocol

creation) and test

report generation

j) Laser Printer, latest

A4 printer for output

protocol printing

k) Memory to store and

transfer data to laptop

via interfacing

communication cable

9 Technical

Specifications:

Input

8.1 a) Voltage: 240/415Volts

+/-10%, 3 phase 4Wire

b) Frequency: 40-70Hz

c) Power rating: 3x300V

/ 100VA and 3x120A /

100VA

d) Display: system shall

display details of

output parameters

e) Warming time: maximum 10 Minutes

10 Output 8.2 a) Voltage: 3 x 40 to

3x450 V continuously

variable AC

b) Current: 3 x 1mA to 3

x100 A

c) Phase Angle: 0- 360o

d) Output Power: Suitable for 6 positions

(3 for single phase

energy meters and 3

three phase energy

meters to be tested

from common testing

system but with

respective applicable

settings at a time)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-60

60

11 Test Current

Circuit

8.3 e) Current ranges (A):

0.1A, 0.25 A, 0.5A-

2.5A-5A-10A-20A-

30A-50A-100A-120A

f) Percentage load

ranges: 0%, 2.5%,

5%, 10%, 20%, 30%,

50%, 100%, 120%

g) Current adjustment: 0-120% consecutively

adjustable

h) Starting current

selection switch

settings: Selectable

0.25%, 0.5%, 0.75 %,

1%, 1.5%

i) Type of phase shifter: Network type/

Induction type

12 Power Factor 8.4 a) Power factor range: 90

o lag/ 90

o lead

b) Power factor quick

selector setting: In

steps of 30o and in

between values

continuously variable

in each phase

c) Phase sequence: Phase sequence

selector switch

13 Reference

Standard Meter

8.5 a) Voltage range: 0.5V-

500V

b) Current range: 1 mA-

120A

c) Accuracy of energy

measurement

(Precision Class):

0.05%

d) Phase angle range: 0-

360o, accuracy: 0.02

e) Frequency: 40-70Hz

f) Display: Built-in and

details of parameters

g) Keypad: Built-in

h) Measured

parameters: Power,

Active Energy,

Reactive Energy,

Apparent Voltage,

Current/ Phase,

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-61

61

Frequency, Distortion,

Harmonic content

14 Communication

Port - RS 232

serial and cables

8.6 Compliance Required

15 Meter Mounting

Rack

8.7 (a to f) Compliance Required

16 Software and

Accessories as per

clause 8.8 (a to d)

8.8 Compliance Required

17 Scanning Heads 8.9 Compliance Required

18 Test Bench

suitable for Meter

Mounting

arrangements

9.10 Compliance Required

19 Testing System

requirements

8.11 a) Overload and surge

protection

b) Auto-range for current

and voltage

c) Auto/manual test

programmable by

software

d) Test three-phase and

single-phase meters

e) Suitable for 3 phase 4

wire system

f) Software Window

based, results can be

saved, searched and

printed out

g) Database provides

statistics, category, and

information check,

serial numbers, and

type of meter, data

management, create

and delete fields

h) Test equipment

mounted on a panel in

racks

i) Spare fuses (ten

pieces), if used in the

testing system shall be

provided with the

equipment

20 Installation,

Testing &

Commissioning

10 Compliance Required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-62

62

21 Training to BREB

Staff

11 Compliance Required

22 Type Tests,

testing and test

reports

12 Compliance Required

23 Model

Required

24 Year of

manufacture

Required

25 Operating manual

and

documentations

9 Compliance Required

26 Weight of

equipment

Kg

Required

27 Size and

installation layout

cm/Inch/m Required

28 Submittal as per

specification

16 Required

29 Clause by Clause

conformance of

this technical

specification

16 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical

specification with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

30 Name & signature

of authorized

representative

with date

31 Official

Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-63

63

Specification# 13

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Distribution Transformers Testing System

Technical Specifications

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the design,

manufacture, testing, supply, and commissioning of “Distribution

Transformers Testing System” for performing specified routine and other tests

on new, reclaimed and used single phase distribution transformers of

Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board (BREB).

1.2 The “Distribution Transformers Testing System” means equipment,

instruments, accessories, cables, connectors, probes, sensors, data acquisition

software, tests management and reports generation software, operator interface,

control console, computer, safety devices etc. which are essentially required to

perform all specified routine and other tests (clause 6.8) on BREB distribution

transformers to fulfill testing requirements of IEEE standards (clause 2).

Lightning impulse tests and equipment is not part of this specification.

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 Distribution transformers testing equipment and instruments shall conform to the

latest editions of the standards applicable to their design, construction,

production and testing applications, including but not limited to those listed

below, and their normative references:

a) IEEE C57.12.90-2005: Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution,

Power, and Regulating Transformers

b) ASTM D3487-09: Specification for Mineral Insulating Oil Used in

Electrical Apparatus

c) IEC 60076: Power Transformers General

d) IEC 60051-2: Special Requirements for Ammeter and Voltmeter

e) IEC 60051-3: Special Requirements for Wattmeter and VAR-meter

f) REB Publication: 290 -1988 Overhead Type Distribution Transformers

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-64

64

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 Distribution transformers testing equipment and instruments shall be manufactured

at a plant that has fabricated such instruments of similar ratings, design and

characteristics for a period not less than ten years and that holds ISO:9001-2015

Certification for quality management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The distribution transformers testing equipment and instruments shall be suitable for

performing tests in a transformer testing laboratory under the local service conditions

in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. System Configuration and Transformers

5.1 System parameters of local BREB 11kV power distribution network are as

follows:

a) System primary voltage (U): 11kV r.m.s

b) System highest voltage (Um): 12kV r.m.s

c) Nominal voltage-phase to neutral (Uo): 6.35kV r.m.s

5.2 Distribution transformers in BREB overhead line network are single-phase,

oil-immersed, self-cooled and conforming to IEEE C57.12.90-2005 standard.

Voltage and kVA ratings of transformers are as follows:

a) Nominal voltage ratings:

i) H.V. winding: 6.35kV (phase to neutral)

ii) L.V. winding: 240V

b) Basic Insulation levels (BIL) of primary and secondary windings:

i) H.V. winding: 95kV

ii) L.V. winding: 30V

c) System frequency (f): 50 Hz

d) Transformers kVA ratings: 5kVA up to 100kVA, 167kVA, 250kVA

and 333kVA (BREB Publication: 290 -1988)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-65

65

e) Percent impedance of transformers: Not exceeding 2-1/2% at rated

kVA

f) Single-phase transformers with ratings of 200 kVA or less have

additive polarity and transformers with ratings over 200 kVA have

subtractive polarity.

5.3 Provision for testing three-phase distribution transformers conforming to

IEEE/ANSI and IEC standards shall also be kept. Voltage and kVA ratings of

three phase transformers are as follows:

i) H.V. winding: 33kV

ii) L.V. winding: 415V and 240V phase to neutral

iii) Transformer rating: 100, 200kVA

6. Performance and Functional Specifications

6.1 The offered distribution transformers testing equipment shall be reliable, cost

effective, low maintenance, high accuracy, calibrated and meet or exceed the

requirements of this specification in all respects.

6.2 The transformers testing equipment and instruments shall be capable of

performing all specified routine and other tests within one system to fulfill the

testing requirements of IEEE/ANSI and IEC standards referred in clause 2 of

this specification.

6.3 The testing system shall have master PC and software for automated test

protocol using a well-designed sequence with minimal human intervention to

avoid humanly induced errors.

6.4 The offered testing system shall contain all essential instruments, associated

accessories, cables, probes, connectors, sensors, extension boxes, safety

devices and interlocks, power supplies (with surge protection), adopters,

operator interface and control desk etc.

6.5 The frequency converter shall be compact, clean and silent power supply.

6.6 The testing system shall perform tests within one system and free from

adjustment at test frequencies from 40Hz to 200Hz.

6.7 The distribution transformers testing equipment shall have the following

salient features:

a) Centralized controlling system

b) Highest accuracy, calibrated and certified measurement and testing

system

c) Perform tests on distribution transformers (see clause 6.8)

d) Accurate loss measurement

e) Highly reliable and accurate frequency converter

f) Software with automated test sequences-auto test procedures

g) Automated calculations of all results with test report generation and

printing system

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-66

66

6.8 The distribution transformer testing system shall perform tests specified in

IEEE/ANSI and IEC standards as follows:

a) Winding resistance measurements

b) Polarity and phase-relation test

c) Transformer ratio test

d) No load losses and excitation current at rated voltage and current

e) Load losses and impedance voltage

f) Temperature-rise test

g) Dielectric tests

i) Applied-voltage test

ii) Induced-voltage test

iii) Insulation resistance test

6.9 Vendor shall provide with the technical submittal, hard and soft copies of the

data sheets, technical specifications, schematic wiring diagrams and catalogue

for each instrument contained in the test systems.

7. Instrumentation

7.1 Vendor shall offer complete set of high quality, cost effective and high

accuracy electronic/digital instruments (voltmeter, ammeter, wattmeter,

thermometer etc.) with LED displays to cover specified tests (clause 6.8) along

with associated accessories, cables, connectors, sensors, probes etc.

8. Design Features

8.1 The distribution transformers testing equipment shall have the following

design features:

a) Control power key switch with indicator

b) Main and control power circuit breakers

c) Duty cycle and power rating: vendor proposed

d) Motor-driven tap switch with indicators

e) Motorized control of output voltage

f) Adjustable rate of rise

g) Raise and lower pushbuttons with OFF Zero indicator

h) Test mode selector switch with indicator

i) Automatic/Semi-automatic/Manual ranging of wattmeter and voltmeter

with direct readout

j) Hold feature to freeze all meter displays for recording

k) RMS and average responding voltmeters

l) 3-watmeter method of power measurement

m) Voltage sensing leads

n) Fork truck and overhead lifting provisions, where applicable

o) Operator interface and control console mounted on desk

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-67

67

9. Safety

9.1 The distribution transformers testing equipment shall have main safety

features as follows:

a) Zero-start interlock

b) Protective devices on measurement system and on critical components

c) Foot switch where required

d) Provision of external security circuit with indicator

e) Emergency OFF switch

f) External interlock provision

g) Recessed jack for output leads

h) Flashing red warning light

10. Data Acquisition Software

10.1 The data acquisition software shall have following features:

a) Computer aided data acquisition system record all test data

b) Data acquisition system perform corrections

c) Calculate corrected losses, efficiency, regulation, percent impedance

etc.

d) Generate reports to avoid human errors and print out of results.

e) User friendly and Windows based flexible to build transformers testing

data base for future reference and generating test reports

f) Offer sequence wise specified tests and guide the operators through

programmed test procedures

g) Indicate connection mistakes

11. Operator Interface Display

11.1 The distribution transformers testing system shall have operator interface

display and control console. It shall have computer control functions by

operator to selecting tests, connecting wires to the test specimens and initiating

a test. Operator shall be able to transfer data to PC for acquisition, processing

and storage.

12. Conflict

12.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standards in their respective offer but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-68

68

12.2 Vendor is encouraged to study distribution transformers testing system

suitable for BREB requirement before preparing submittal. However, the

offered systems shall fulfill tests requirement of IEEE and IEC standards

(clause 2).

13. Operating Manual and Documentation

13.1 The distribution transformers testing system shall be provided with a set of

service manuals for operation and maintenance purpose in English language.

13.2 Operating manuals shall also contain:

a) Detailed description of each instrument of the test equipment

b) Detailed description of test sequence and use of software

c) Schematic wiring diagrams

d) Dimensional drawings and floor layout plan, where applicable

14. Installation, Testing and Commissioning

14.1 The supplier shall be responsible for installation, testing, calibration and

commissioning of test equipment including programming of the software at

BREB approved site.

14.2 Upon successful testing and commissioning, the testing equipment shall be

handed over to the BREB nominated representatives in fully functional form.

14.3 The supplier shall provide in advance the physical layout plan for installation of

distribution transformers testing equipment to BREB for approval.

15. Training

15.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians. The

training shall be on the use of the equipment, instruments, connections and

measurements, data acquisition and processing through Windows based

software, recording of test results in accordance with IEEE standards (clause

2) and generating test reports.

15.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training

and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation.

16. Tests

16.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to

the fact that that type tests have been carried out successfully on all

instruments/components of the test equipment. The manufacturer shall also

provide test certificates for conformance, safety and power source protection

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-69

69

against over voltage and surges. The type test certificates for the equipment

shall be from an independent accredited testing laboratory.

16.2 Routine Tests:

The manufacturer shall subject the equipment and instruments contained in the

transformers testing system, to the specified routine tests at their plant before

offering the material for acceptance tests.

16.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer shall be requested to have factory

acceptance tests (FAT) on the distribution transformer test equipment under

delivery in the presence of the purchaser’s representatives. If any equipment or

instruments fail the acceptance tests (given in the approved acceptance tests

protocol), the offered equipment or instruments shall be rejected. The

acceptance tests protocol shall be proposed by the supplier and approved by

the purchaser.

17. Name Plate

17.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of each

instrument of the testing equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings, power supply and

technical specifications

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

18. Packaging and Shipping

18.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

18.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

18.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings

shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust,

dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

18.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-70

70

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

18.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB

as applicable.

19. Warranty

19.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective items shall be

replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

19.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

20. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

20.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of technical

data, drawings, catalogues, installation, testing and commission plan, testing

procedures and documentation with the bid submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the transformer test equipment/instrumentsshowing

the dimensions and physical features

b) Layout plan of equipment and wiring diagrams.

c) DTTS system list of equipment (BOQs).

d) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

e) Description of items, data sheets of each instrument contained in the test

systems and details of cables, accessories, probes, sensors etc.

f) Certified testing and calibration test reports

g) Packaging details

h) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

i) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

j) Statement of country of origin for all items

k) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

l) Copies of type test certificates evidencing completion of qualification tests

from an accredited testing laboratory

m) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

n) List of clients in last five years with their addresses, which were supplied

distribution transformers testing system/equipment

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-71

71

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for

Distribution Transformers Testing System (DTTS)

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be

rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of

the bid

Sr.

#

Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guarantee

d Values

1 Manufacturer name

and model number

Haefely-Hipotronics

DTTS or equivalent

North American or

European

manufacture

2 Manufacturer/Supplie

r’s address and

contacts

Required

3 Scope and Reference

Standards

1 & 2 Compliance Required

4 Experience, Quality

Control and Service

Conditions

3 & 4 Compliance Required

5 BREB Distribution

System configuration

and transformers in

network

5 Compliance Required

6 Performance and

Functional

Specifications of

distribution

transformers testing

equipment

6 (sub-

clauses from

6.1 to 6.9)

Compliance Required

7 Test equipment

salient features

6.7 a) Centralized

controlling system

b) Highest accuracy,

calibrated and

certified

measurement and

testing system

c) Perform tests on

distribution

transformers (see

clause 6.8)

d) Accurate loss

measurement

e) Highly reliable

and accurate

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-72

72

frequency

converter

f) Software with

automated test

sequences-auto

test procedures

g) Automated

calculations of all

results with test

report generation

and printing

system

8 DTTS shall perform

the tests as specified

in IEEE/ANSI and

IEC standards

6.8 a) Winding

resistance

measurements

b) Polarity and

phase-relation test

c) Transformer ratio

test

d) No load losses and

excitation current

at rated voltage

and current

e) Load losses and

impedance voltage

test

f) Temperature-rise

test

g) Dielectric tests

i) Applied-

voltage test

ii) Induced-

voltage test

iii) Instrument

resistance test

9 Instrumentation 7.1 Compliance Required

10 DTTS Design

Features

8.1 (a to o) a) Control power key

switch with

indicator

b) Main and control

power circuit

breakers

c) Duty cycle and

power rating:

vendor proposed

d) Motor-driven tap

switch with

indicators

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-73

73

e) Motorized control

of output voltage

f) Adjustable rate of

rise

g) Raise and lower

pushbuttons with

OFF Zero

indicator

h) Test mode

selector switch

with indicator

i) Automatic/Semi-

automatic/Manual

ranging of

wattmeter and

voltmeter with

direct readout

j) Hold feature to

freeze all meter

displays for

recording

k) RMS and average

responding

voltmeters

l) 3-watmeter

method of power

measurement

m) Voltage sensing

leads

n) Fork truck and

overhead lifting

provisions, where

applicable

o) Operator interface

and control

console mounted

on desk

11 Protection and Safety

Features

9.1 (a to h) a) Zero-start

interlock

b) Protective devices

on measurement

system and on

critical

components

c) Foot switch where

required

d) Provision of

external security

circuit with

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-74

74

indicator

e) Emergency OFF

switch

f) External interlock

provision

g) Recessed jack for

output leads

h) Flashing red

warning light

12 Data Acquisition

Software

10.1 (a to g) Compliance Required

13 Operator's Interface

Display

11.1 Compliance Required

14 Operating manual &

documentation

131 & 13.2 Compliance Required

15 Installation, Testing

& Commissioning

14 Compliance Required

16 Training to BREB

Staff

15 Compliance Required

17 Type Tests, testing &

test reports

16.1 Compliance Required

18 Year of manufacture Required

19 Weight of DTTS

equipment

Kg Required

20 Size and equipment

layout

cm/Inch/m Required

21 Submittal as per

specification

20 Required

22 Clause by Clause

conformance of this

technical

specification

20 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical

specification with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-75

75

23 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with

date

24 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -76

76

Specification# 14

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Power Transformers Testing System

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the design,

manufacture, testing, supply and commissioning of “Power Transformers

Testing System” for performing specified routine and other tests on new,

reclaimed and used power transformers of Bangladesh Rural Electrification

Board (BREB).

1.2 The “Power Transformers Testing System” means equipment, instruments,

accessories, cables, connectors, probes, sensors, data acquisition software,

tests management and report generation software, operator interface, control

console, computer, safety devices etc. which are essentially required to

perform specified routine and other tests (clause 7.8) on BREB transformers to

fulfill tests requirements of IEEE and IEC standards (clause 2). Lightning

impulse tests and equipment is not part of this specification.

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at

the time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 Power Transformers testing equipment shall conform to the latest editions of

the standards applicable to their design, construction, production and for

testing applications including but not limited to those listed below, and their

normative references:

a) IEEE C57.12.90-2005: Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution,

Power, and Regulating Transformers

b) ASTM D3487-09: Specification for Mineral Insulating Oil Used in

Electrical Apparatus

c) IEC 60076: Power Transformers General

d) IEC 60051-2: Special Requirements for Ammeter and Voltmeter

e) IEC 60051-3: Special Requirements for Wattmeter and VAR-meter

f) IEC 60296: Mineral Insulating Oil for Transformers and Switchgears

g) IEC 60076-7: Loading guide for oil-immersed power transformers

h) IEC 60214: Tests on OLTC

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -77

77

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 Power Transformers testing equipment shall be manufactured at a plant that

has fabricated such testing instruments of similar ratings, design and

characteristics for a period not less than ten years and that holds ISO:9001-

2015,certification for quality management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The power transformers testing equipment and instruments shall be suitable

for performing tests in a transformer testing laboratory under the local service

conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. System Configuration

5.1 System parameters of local BREB 33/11kV overhead line power distribution

network are as follows:

a) Primary Voltage (U): 33kV r.m.s

b) System highest voltage (Um): 36kV r.m.s

c) Secondary Voltage: 11kV r.m.s

d) System frequency (f): 50 Hz

e) 3 Phase short circuit capacity: 31.5kA for 3s

f) BIL: 170kVp for 33 kV and 95kVp for 11 kV

5.2 System parameters of local 11kV (phase to phase)/6.35kV (phase to neutral)

overhead line distribution network are as follows:

a) System primary voltage (U): 11kV r.m.s

b) System highest voltage (Um): 12kV r.m.s

c) Nominal voltage-phase to neutral (UO): 6.35kV

d) Secondary Voltage: 240/415V

e) BIL: 95kVp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -78

78

6. Power Transformers in BREB System

6.1 There are three types of power transformers operating in the existing 33/11 kV

power distribution network, which are intended to be tested, and are described

in clauses 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4.

6.2 Single-phase power transformers, outdoor-type, oil immersed, cooling ONAN

conforming to IEEE C57.12.90-2005 standard (REB Publication: 915 -1988)

with technical parameters as follows:

a) Voltage rating:

i) H.V. winding: 33kV

ii) L.V. winding: 11kV/6.35kV (phase to ground) grounded Y

b) Basic Insulation level (BIL) of primary and secondary windings:

i) H.V. winding: 200kV

ii) L.V. winding: 110kV

c) System frequency (f): 50 Hz

d) Three units rated 1667kVA are connected in a bank of 5 MVA and

three units rated 3333kVA are connected in a bank of 10MVA

e) Percent impedance of transformers: 6%

6.3 Three phase power transformers outdoor-type, oil immersed, cooling ONAN

conforming to IEEE C57.12.90-2005 standard (BREB Publication: 915-

1988)with technical parameters as follows:

a) Voltage rating:

i) H.V. winding: 33kV

ii) L.V. winding: 11kV/6.35kV (phase to neutral) in Y

configuration

b) Basic Insulation level (BIL) of primary and secondary windings:

i) H.V. winding: 200kV

ii) L.V. winding: 110kV

c) Rated 5MVA and 10MVA, Δ-Y, DYn1, without OLTC

d) Percent impedance of transformers: 6%

6.4 Three-phase power transformers, oil-immersed, ONAN/ONAF conforming to

IEC 60076 standard with technical parameters as follows:

a) Voltage rating:

i) H.V. winding: 33kV

ii) L.V. winding: 11kV/6.35kV (phase to neutral) in Y

configuration

b) Basic Insulation level (BIL) of primary and secondary windings:

i) H.V. winding: 170kV

ii) L.V. winding: 75kV

c) Rated 10/14MVA and 20/28MVA, Δ-Y, DYn1, with on-load tap

changer (OLTC), cooling type ONAN and ONAF

d) Percent impedance of transformers: For 10 MVA - 8% and for

20MVA-10%

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -79

79

7. Performance and Functional Specifications

7.1 The offered power transformer testing equipment shall be reliable, cost

effective, low maintenance, high accuracy, calibrated and meet or exceed the

requirements of this specification in all respects.

7.2 The transformers testing equipment and instruments shall be capable of

performing all specified routine and other tests within one system to fulfill the

testing requirements of IEEE/ANSI and IEC standards referred in clause 2 of

this specification.

7.3 The test systems shall offer master PC and software for automated test

protocol using a well-designed sequence with minimal human intervention to

avoid humanly induced errors.

7.4 The offered systems shall include all associated accessories, cables, probes,

connectors, sensors, extension boxes, interlocks, safety devices, power

supplies (with surge diverter), adopters, operator interface and control desk

etc.

7.5 The frequency converter shall be compact, clean and silent power supply.

7.6 The testing system shall perform tests within one system and free from

adjustment at test frequencies from 40Hz to 200Hz.

7.7 The power transformers testing equipment shall have the following salient

features:

a) Centralized controlling system

b) Highest accuracy, calibrated and certified measurement and testing

system

c) Tests transformers (see clause 6)

d) Accurate loss measurement

e) Highly reliable and accurate frequency converter

f) Software with automated test sequences-auto test procedures

g) Automated calculations of all results with test report generation and

printing system

7.8 The power transformers testing system shall perform tests specified in

IEEE/ANSI and IEC standards (clause 2), as follows:

a) Winding resistance measurements

b) Polarity and phase-relation tests

c) Ratio tests

d) No load (iron) losses and excitation current

e) Load (copper) losses and impedance voltage

f) Induced-voltage test

g) Applied-voltage test

h) Insulation resistance test

i) C and tan delta of insulation

j) Insulation power factor test

k) Partial discharge testing

l) Temperature-rise test and cooling curve

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -80

80

7.9 Vendor shall provide with the technical submittal, hard and soft copies of the

data sheets, technical specifications and catalogue of all instrument contained

in the power transformer test systems.

8. Instrumentation

8.1 Vendor shall offer complete set of high quality, cost effective and high

accuracy electronic/digital instruments (voltmeter, ammeter, wattmeter,

thermometer etc.) with LED displays to cover all specified tests along with

accessories, cables, connectors, sensors, probes etc.

9. Design Features

9.1 The power transformers testing equipment shall have the design features as

follows:

a) Control power key switch with indicator

b) Main and control power circuit breakers

c) Duty cycle: vendor proposed

d) Motor-driven tap switch with indicators

e) Motorized control of output voltage

f) Adjustable rate of rise

g) Raise and lower pushbuttons with OFF Zero indicator

h) Test mode selector switch with indicator

i) Automatic/Semi-automatic/Manual ranging of wattmeter and voltmeter

with direct readout

j) Hold feature to freeze all meter displays for recording

k) RMS and average responding voltmeters

l) 3-watmeter method of power measurement

m) Voltage sensing leads

n) Fork truck and overhead lifting provisions

o) Operator interface and control console mounted on desk

10. Safety

10.1 The power transformers testing equipment shall have main safety features as

follows:

a) Zero-start interlock

b) Protective devices on measurement system, and critical components

c) Foot switch where required

d) Provision of external security circuit with indicator

e) Emergency OFF switch

f) External interlock provision

g) Recessed jack for output leads

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -81

81

11. Data Acquisition Software

11.1 The data acquisition software shall have following features:

a) Computer aided data acquisition system record all test data

b) Data acquisition system perform corrections

c) Calculate corrected losses, efficiency, regulation, percent impedance

etc.

d) Generate reports to avoid human errors and print out of results.

e) User friendly and Windows based flexible to build transformers testing

data base for future reference and generating test reports

f) Offer sequence wise specified tests and guide the operators through

programmed test procedures

g) Indicate connection mistakes

12. Operator Interface Display

12.1 The power transformers testing system shall have operator interface display

and control console. It shall have the ability for computer control functions by

operator to selecting tests, connecting wires to the test specimens and initiating

a test. Operator shall be able to transfer data to PC for acquisition, processing

and storage.

13. Conflict

13.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standard in their respective offer, but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

13.2 Vendor is encouraged to study power transformers testing system suitable for

BREB requirement before preparing submittal. However, the offered system

shall fulfill testing requirement of IEEE standard (clause 2).

14. Operating Manual and Documentation

14.1 The power transformers testing system shall be provided with a set of service

manuals for operation and maintenance purpose in English language.

14.2 Manuals shall also contain:

a) Detailed description of each instrument

b) Detailed description of test sequence and use of software

c) Schematic wiring diagrams

d) Dimensional drawings and floor layout plan

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -82

82

15. Installation, Testing and Commissioning

15.1 The supplier shall be responsible for installation, testing, calibration and

commissioning of testing equipment including programming of the software at

BREB approved site.

15.2 Upon successful testing and commissioning, the testing equipment shall be

handed over to the BREB nominated representatives in fully functional form.

15.3 The supplier shall provide in advance the physical layout plan for installation

of power transformers testing equipment to BREB for approval.

16. Training

16.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians. The

training shall be on the use of the testing equipment, instruments, connections

and measurements, data acquisition and processing through Windows based

software, recording of test results in accordance with IEEE and IEC standards

(clause 2) and generating test reports.

16.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training

and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation.

17. Test

17.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to

the fact that that type tests have been carried out successfully on all

instruments/components of the test equipment. The manufacturer shall also

provide test certificates for conformance, safety and power source protection

against over voltage and surges. The type test certificates for the equipment

shall be from an independent accredited testing laboratory.

17.2 Routine Tests:

The manufacturer shall subject the equipment/instruments contained in the

power transformers test systems, to the specified routine tests at their plant

before offering the material for acceptance tests.

17.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer shall be requested to have factory

acceptance tests (FAT) on the power transformers testing equipment under

delivery in the presence of the purchaser’s representatives. If any equipment or

instrument fails the acceptance tests (given in the approved acceptance tests

protocol), the offered equipment or instrument shall be rejected. The

acceptance tests protocol shall be proposed by the supplier and approved by

the purchaser.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -83

83

18. Name Plate

18.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of each instrument

of the test system:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings, power supply,

accuracy and technical specifications

d) Reference standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

19. Packaging and Shipping

19.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

19.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

19.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings

shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust,

dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

19.4 The cover of the main crate or container shall carry the following information

written in English:

a) Number of test instruments or equipment contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

19.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from REB as

applicable.

20. Warranty

20.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant testing equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective items shall be

replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -84

84

20.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

21. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

21.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of technical data,

drawings, catalogues, installation, testing and commission plan, testing

procedure and documentation in the bid submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the power transformers testing

equipment/instrumentsshowing the dimensions and physical features

b) Physical layout plan of equipment and schematic wiring diagrams

c) PTTS system list of equipment (BOQs).

d) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

e) Technical data sheets of items and instruments contained in the power

transformers testing systems (PTTS)

f) Certified testing and calibration test reports of all items

g) Packaging details

h) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

i) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

j) Statement of country of origin for all items

k) Copy of ISO:9001 Certifications for the manufacturing plant

l) Copies of type test reports and certificates evidencing completion of

qualification tests from an accredited testing laboratory

m) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

n) List of clients in last five years with their addresses, which were supplied

power transformers testing system (PTTS) and equipment

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -85

85

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for Power

Transformers Testing System (PTTS)

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr.

#

Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer Name

and model number

Haefely-Hipotronics

PTTS or equivalent North

American or European

manufacture

2 Manufacturer/Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 Scope & Reference

Standards

1 & 2 Compliance Required

4 Experience & Quality

Control

3.1 Compliance Required

5 Service conditions 4.1 Compliance Required

6 BREB System

configuration

5 (sub-clauses

5.1 & 5.2)

Compliance Required

7 Testing of Power

Transformers in

BREB system

6 (sub-clauses:

6.1, 6.2, 6.3 &

6.4)

Compliance Required

8 PTTS Performance

and Functional

Specifications

7 (Sub-clauses:

7.1, 7.2,7.3, 7.4,

7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8

& 7.9)

Compliance Required

9 PTTS test equipment

salient features

7.7 a) Centralized

controlling system

b) Highest accuracy,

calibrated and

certified measurement

and testing system

c) Tests transformers

(see clause 6)

d) Accurate loss

measurement

e) Highly reliable and

accurate frequency

converter

f) Software with

automated test

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -86

86

sequences-auto test

procedures

g) Automated

calculations of all

results with test report

generation and

printing system

10 PTTS shall perform

the tests

7.8 a) Winding resistance

measurements

b) Polarity and phase-

relation tests

c) Ratio tests

d) No load (iron) losses

and excitation current

e) Load (copper) losses

and impedance

voltage

f) Induced-voltage test

g) Applied-voltage test

h) Insulation resistance

test

i) C and tan delta of

insulation

j) Insulation power

factor test

k) Partial discharge

testing

l) Temperature-rise test

and cooling curve

11 PTTS

Instrumentations

8.1 Compliance Required

12 PPTS Design Features 9.1 (a to g) a) Control power key

switch with indicator

b) Main and control

power circuit breakers

c) Duty cycle: vendor

proposed

d) Motor-driven tap

switch with indicators

e) Motorized control of

output voltage

f) Adjustable rate of rise

g) Raise and lower

pushbuttons with OFF

Zero indicator

h) Test mode selector

switch with indicator

i) Automatic/Semi-

automatic/Manual

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -87

87

ranging of wattmeter

and voltmeter with

direct readout

j) Hold feature to freeze

all meter displays for

recording

k) RMS and average

responding voltmeters

l) 3-watmeter method of

power measurement

m) Voltage sensing leads

n) Fork truck and

overhead lifting

provisions

o) Operator interface and

control console

mounted on desk

13 PTTS Safety Features 10.1 (a to g) a) Zero-start interlock

b) Protective devices on

measurement system,

and critical

components

c) Foot switch where

required

d) Provision of external

security circuit with

indicator

e) Emergency OFF

switch

f) External interlock

provision

g) Recessed jack for

output leads

14 PTTS Data

Acquisition Software

11.1 (a to g) a) Computer aided data

acquisition system

record all test data

b) Data acquisition

system perform

corrections

c) Calculate corrected

losses, efficiency,

regulation, percent

impedance etc.

d) Generate reports to

avoid human errors

and print out of

results.

e) User friendly and

Windows based

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -88

88

flexible to build

transformers testing

data base for future

reference and

generating test reports

f) Offer sequence wise

specified tests and

guide the operators

through programmed

test procedures

g) Indicate connection

mistakes

15 PTTS Operator

Interface Display

12.1 Compliance Required

16 Operating manual &

documentation

14.1 & 14.2 Compliance Required

17 Installation (lay-out

plan), Testing &

Commissioning

15.1, 15.2 &

15.3

Compliance Required

18 Training of BREB

Staff

16.1 & 16.2 Compliance Required

19 Type Tests, testing &

submission of type

test reports

17 Compliance Required

20 Year of manufacture

of equipment

&instruments

18 Required

21 Weight of PTTS

system equipment

Kg Required

22 Sizes of equipment cm/Inch/m Required

23 Submittal as per

specification

21 Required

24 Clause by Clause

conformance of this

technical specification

21 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification

with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

25 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with

date

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2 -89

89

26 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-90

90

Specification# 16

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Field Testing Equipment/Set for:

a) Direct Energy Meter

b) CT Operated Energy Meter

c) CT/PT Operated Energy Meter

d) Instrument Transformer (CT & PT)

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for design,

manufacture, testing and supply of “Field Testing Equipment/Set” for in

service energy meters and instrument transformers of Bangladesh Rural

Electrification Board (BREB).

1.2 The field test equipment or system shall fulfill specified testing requirements

for energy meters and instrument transformers (CT and CT/PT) existing in the

BREB distribution network. The test equipment shall be supplied with all

associated accessories, cables and connectors; connection boxes, adapters, data

management and analysis software; and data transfer to laptop/PC etc.

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at

the time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 Field Testing Set for testing energy meters and instrument transformers shall

conform to the latest edition of the standards applicable to their construction

and applications for testing, including but not limited to those listed below,

and their normative references:

(a) ANSI C12.1- 2014: Code for Electricity Metering

(b) ANSI C12.10- 2011: Physical Aspects of Watt-hour Meters-Safety

Standard

(c) ANSI C12.20 -2010: For Electricity Meters - Accuracy Class 0.2 and 0.5

(d) IEEE C37.90.1-2012: Surge Withstand Capability Tests for Relays and

Relay System Associated with Electric Power Apparatus

(e) ANSI C12.18: Protocol specification for ANSI type 2 optical port

(f) IEEE C57.13: Instrument Transformers

(g) IEC 62052-11: Electricity metering equipment (a.c.)-General

requirements, tests and test conditions

(h) IEC 62053-21: Electricity metering equipment (a.c.)-Static meters for

active energy (Class 1 and 2)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-91

91

(i) IEC 62053-23: Electricity metering equipment (a.c.)-Static meters for

reactive energy (Class 2 and 3)

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 The test equipment shall be manufactured in a plant that has fabricated

instruments of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a period not less

than ten years and that holds ISO:9001-2015 Certification for quality

management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The testing equipment shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor field testing

under the local service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Energy Meters in BREB System:

5.1 Energy meters in BREB system are both static and electro-mechanical type

conforming to ANSI standards, both socket and bottom connected type, with

current and voltage ratings as follows:

a) Single-Phase energy meters 10/60A, 240/415V, 50Hz, bottom

connected, A type Base

b) Three-phase energy meters rated 10/100A, 240/415V, 50Hz, bottom

connected, A type base

c) Single-Phase energy meters, 200A, socket type

d) Three-Phase four wire, 15/100A, 240/415V, 50Hz, self-contained,

without demand, socket type

e) Three-phase four wire, 15/100A, 240/415V, 50Hz, self-contained, with

demand, socket type

f) Three-phase four wire, 15/100A, 240/415V, 50Hz, self-contained,

without demand, transformer rated, socket type

g) CT operated 5/10A, 240/415 V, 50Hz meters

h) CT/PT operated meters

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-92

92

5.2 System Voltage: 240V single phase and 240/415 three phase four wire,

frequency: 50Hz

6. Performance, Technical Specifications and Features

6.1 The precision energy meter and instrument transformers testing system shall

be capable of performing complete diagnostic and accuracy tests on in-service

energy meters and associated instrument transformers in the BREB network

for the following functions:

a) Measurement of Active, Reactive and Apparent power and their

energies

b) Error measurement of 3 inputs simultaneously

c) Display of vector diagram for analysis of the mains conditions

d) Harmonic measurement

e) Burden measurement of current and potential transformers

f) Ratio tests of current and potential transformers (CT/PT)

g) Indicate wiring errors in CT and PT connections

6.2 The equipment shall be provided with the error compensated Clip-on precision

CTs up to 100 A, Clip-on precision CTs up to 1000 A, a set of current cables

for measurements up to 120A and scanning head with clamp device.

6.3 The equipment shall have surge and overvoltage protection.

6.4 The testing equipment shall have the following functional features:

a) Voltage Range: 0.04V - 480 V, 50 Hz (+/- 20%)

b) Current Range: 1 mA - 120A

c) Power Consumption: approximately 40VA

d) External magnetic influence: Equipment shall be protected and

negligible

e) 6 current inputs to measure simultaneously primary and secondary

currents in CT operated metering

f) Exchangeable memory for measurement results and customer data

g) Interface for data transfer to PC/Laptop

6.5 Current measurements (Amps) for direct meters shall have:

a) Current range: 1mA to 120A

b) Display Range: 1.0000mA to 120.0000A

c) Range:

i) 1mA to 40mA

ii) 40mA to 120mA

iii) 120mA to 400mA

iv) 400mA to 1.2A

v) 1.2A to 4A

vi) 4A to 12A

vii) 12A to 40A

viii) 40A to 120A

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-93

93

d) Measurement errors: Error ≤ ± 0.05% of measured value (40mA to

120A) and Error ≤ ± 0.05% (1 mA to 40 mA of the measurement range

final value)

6.6 Electronically compensated Clip-on CTs shall have:

a) Current range: 50 mA to 100A

b) Display range: 50.00 mA to 100.00A

c) Range:

i) 50mA to 800mA

ii) 800mA to 4A

iii) 20A to 100A

d) Measurement errors: Error ≤ ± 0.02% (0.5A to 100A of measured

value plus error of clip-on CTs) and for Clip-on CTs 1000A Error: ≤ ±

0.01% from 2A to 1000A of measured value plus error of CTs

6.7 Voltage measurements (U) shall be as follows:

a) Voltage range: 0.04 V to 480 V

b) Display range: 0.04000 V to 480.000 V

c) Range:

i) 0.04V to 0.4V

ii) 0.4V to 5V

iii) 5V to 60V

iv) 60V to 120V

v) 120V to 240V

vi) 240V to 480V

d) Measurement errors: Error ≤ ± 0.05% of measured value (30V to

480V) Error ≤ ± 0.05% - 0.04V to 5V (of the corresponding

measurement range final value)

6.8 Power Measurements (P, S, Q): Power measurement per phase on range 30 to

480 V and the accuracy of the power shall be related to apparent power

6.9 Error limits direct (40 mA to 120 A) shall be as follows:

i) Active power (P): Error ≤ ± 0.05%

ii) Reactive power (Q): Error ≤ ± 0.05%

iii) Apparent power (S): Error ≤ ± 0.05%

iv) Long term drift (PQS): Error ≤ ± 0.05% Year

6.10 Measurement errors with electronically compensated clip-on CTs (50mA to

100A) shall be as follows:

i) Active, Reactive: Error ≤ ± 0.02% (50 mA -100A)

ii) Apparent power (P, Q, S): Of the value final value Error ≤

± 0.5% (50 mA-499 of the measurement range final value)

iii) Display range: 6 digits for each measuring point

6.11 Power factor measurement (PF=P/S) shall be as follows:

i) Measurement error direct: Error ≤ ± 0.05% of the

measurement range final value

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-94

94

ii) Measurement error with electronically compensated clip-on

CT’s: Error ≤ ± 0.20% of the measurement final range

value

iii) Display range: - 1.00000 to +1.00000

6.12 Error calculation (E) shall be as follows:

a) Constant: 1 ... 1’000’000 Imp/ kWh (kvarh, kVAh)

1 ... 1’000’000 Imp/ Wh (varh, VAh)

1 ... 10’000 Imp/ Ws (Vars, VAs)

or 0.001 ... 100 Wh/Imp

b) Display range: - 100.000% ... +100.000%

6.13 Phase angle display resolution shall be: 0.10

6.14 Input frequency shall be: max. 200kHz

6.15 Degree of protection shall be: IP 40 (instrument open) and IP 68 (instrument

closed)

6.16 Memory to store and transfer data to laptop/PC via interfacing communication

cable

7. Instrument Transformers (CT & PT) Testing

7.1 Primary testing shall be carried out with error compensated clip-on CTs for

current up to 100 A, 1000 A. Secondary testing shall be conducted directly or

by using clip-on CTs 100 A for:

a) Instrument transformer (CT and PT) ratio

b) Instrument transformer (CT and PT) errors

c) Phase angles between primary and secondary

d) Burden measurements on secondary side of CT and PT

e) Load tests in assembled state for current and potential Burdens:

i) Operation burden and nominal burden

ii) Burden factor and impedance

f) CT demagnetization

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-95

95

7.2 The database shall be configured for predefined meters, CT and CT/PT data of

the measuring test points and set-up automatic test sequence.

7.3 Automatic measurement through test sequence shall be possible. Read-out of

stored data from the instrument shall have built-in memory and presentation

for processing the information.

8. Software Features

8.1 The instrument shall have all important electrical test parameters displayed

and shall make it possible to test simultaneously three electricity meters with

varying constant. Instrument shall be able to test in parallel using scanning

heads and emitting contact outputs. Software shall enable user to automatically

start predefined test sequence.

8.2 The instrument shall have analytical features for determining the signal form

and network power quality.

8.3 The vector diagrams of current and voltage shall be available and instrument

shall indicate wiring errors in CT and PT connections.

8.4 Energy meter and instrument transformers testing equipment shall have

software package designed to read test data from instrument, as well as

displaying and processing results on a PC/Laptop.

8.5 Software shall have an additional database with meter and test sequence

definition enabling the user to prepare and standardize measurements.

9. Carry Case

9.1 A rugged and impact proof durable protective carry case shall be provided for

holding instrument, set of leads, clips and manual. The protective cover shall

be dust, moisture and waterproof.

10. Operating Manual

10.1 The instrument shall be provided with the operating manual-user’s guide in

English language. User’s guide shall contain detailed description of the test

system, parts of it and operational procedure with pictures including

connection and wiring schemes and technical specifications.

11. Training and Safe Use

11.1 The supplier shall conduct training to REB engineers and technicians on the

application of test system. User shall be given training on safe application of

the instrument during measurements and use of software, test measurements,

data transfer and processing on software, field testing, recording errors in

metering and instrument transformers (CTs and PTs) including other functions

and features.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-96

96

11.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training

and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation.

12. Tests

12.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to

the fact that that type tests have been carried out successfully on the test

equipment. The manufacturer shall also provide conformance, safety, accuracy

and calibration certificates.

12.2 Routine Tests:

The test equipment produced shall be subjected to routine tests.

12.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer may be requested to repeat acceptance

tests on test equipment in the presence of the Purchaser. If test equipment fails

the acceptance tests, the offered unit shall be rejected.

13. Name Plate

13.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of the Insulation

Resistance Tester:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings and technical

specifications

d) Reference standards

e) Manufacturer logo

f) Weight and size of equipment

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-97

97

14. Packaging and Shipping

14.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

14.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

14.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate field hand storage.

All openings shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent

entry of dust, dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

14.4 The cover of the main crate/carton shall carry the following information

written in English:

h) Number of test instrument contained therein

i) Manufacturer’s catalog number

j) Description of the material

k) Manufacturer’s name

l) Purchase order number

m) Gross weight in kg

14.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

15. Warranty

15.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective units shall be

repaired or replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

15.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

16. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

16.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of technical data

and other information with the bid submittal as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the portable field test equipment showing dimensions,

wiring diagrams for different testing schemes, catalogues, testing methods

for different applied/testing schemes, software applications and physical

features

b) Field Test System list of items (BOQs).

c) Guaranteed Technical Parameter schedules

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-98

98

d) Certified calibration test reports

e) Packaging details

f) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

g) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

h) Statement of country of origin for all items

i) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

j) Copies of type test reports and certificates evidencing completion of

qualification tests from an accredited testing laboratory

k) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

l) List of clients in last five years with their addresses, which were supplied

field test set/equipment for testing energy meters and instrument

transformers

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-99

99

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule Field

Testing Equipment for Energy Meters and Instrument Transformers:

Direct Energy Meter

CT Operated Energy Meter

CT/PT Operated Energy Meter

Instrument Transformer (CT & PT)

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr. # Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name

and model number

MTE CALPORT 300

or equivalent North

American or European

manufacture

2 Manufacturer/Suppli

er address and

contacts

Required

3 Scope Clause1 Compliance Required

4 Reference Standards Clause 2.1 Compliance Required

5 Experience &

Quality Control

Clause 3.1 Compliance Required

6 Service conditions Clause 4.1 Compliance Required

7 Suitability of Field

Test Equipment for

BREB energy meters

in the network

Clause 5.1 (a

to h)

Compliance Required

8 System Voltage Clause 5.2 240V & 240/415V (+/-

10%), 50Hz

9 Field Test Set

Performance,

Technical

Specifications &

Functional Features

Clause 6 (6.1

to 6.16)

Compliance Required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-100

100

10 Tests Equipment to

perform Tests

Clause 6.1 a) Measurement of

Active, Reactive

and Apparent power

and their energies

b) Error measurement

of 3 inputs

simultaneously

c) Display of vector

diagram for analysis

of the mains

conditions

d) Harmonic

measurement

e) Burden

measurement of

current and

potential

transformers

f) Ratio tests of

current and

potential

transformers

(CT/PT)

g) Indicate wiring

errors in CT and PT

connections

11 Test Set to be

provided with

equipment

Clause 6.2 Error compensated

Clip-on precision

CTs up to 100 A

Clip-on precision

CTs up to 1000 A,

Set of current cables

for measurements

up to 120A

Scanning head with

clamp device.

12 Test Set Protection Clause 6.3 Surge & Over-Voltage

Protection

13 Test Equipment

Functional Features

Clause 6.4 a) Voltage Range:

Voltage Range:

0.04V - 480 V, 50

Hz (+/- 20%)

b) Current Range: 1

mA - 120A

c) Power

Consumption:

approximately

40VA

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-101

101

d) External magnetic

influence:

Equipment shall be

protected and

negligible

e) 6 current inputs to

measure

simultaneously

primary and

secondary currents

in CT operated

metering

f) Exchangeable

memory for

measurement results

and customer data

g) Interface for data

transfer to

PC/Laptop

14 Amps range for

Direct Meters

Clause 6.5 a) Current range: 1mA to 120A

b) Display Range: 1.0000mA to

120.0000A

c) Range:

1mA to 40mA

40mA to

120mA

120mA to

400mA

400mA to 1.2A

1.2A to 4A

4A to 12A

12A to 40A

40A to 120A

15 Amps Measurements

Error limits

Clause 6.5 d Error ≤ ± 0.05% of

measured value

(40mA to 120A)

Error ≤ ± 0.05% (1

mA to 40 mA of the

measurement range

final value)

16 Electronically

compensated Clip-on

CTs Range

Clause 6.6 a) Current range: 50

mA to 100A

b) Display range:

50.00 mA to

100.00A

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-102

102

c) Range:

o 50mA to

800mA

o 800mA to 4A

o 20A to 100A

17 Measurement Error

Limits Clip-on CTs

Clause 6.6 d Error ≤ ± 0.02% (0.5A

to 100A of measured

value plus error of clip-

on CTs) and

for Clip-on CTs 1000A

of measured value plus

error of CTs

18 Voltage (U)

measurement Range

Clause 6.7 a, b,

c

a) Voltage range: 0.04

V to 480 V

b) Display range:

0.04000 V to

480.000 V

c) Range:

o 0.04V to 0.4V

o 0.4V to 5V

o 5V to 60V

o 60V to 120V

o 120V to 240V

o 240V to 480V

19 Voltage (U)

measurement Errors

limits

Clause 6.7 d o Error ≤ ± 0.05% of

measured value

(30V to 480V)

o Error ≤ ± 0.05% -

0.04V to 5V (of the

corresponding

measurement range

final value)

20 P, S, Q /Phase Range Clause 6.8 Power measurement per

phase on range 30 to

480 V and the accuracy

of the power shall be

related to apparent

power

21 P, S, Q Error limits

(40mA to 120A)

Clause 6.9 a) Active power (P):

Error ≤ ± 0.05%

b) Reactive power (Q):

Error ≤ ± 0.05%

c) Apparent power (S):

Error ≤ ± 0.05%

d) Long term drift

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-103

103

(PQS): Error ≤ ±

0.05% Year

22 Measurement error

limits with

electronically

compensated Clip-on

CTs (50mA to 100A)

Clause 6.10 a) Active, Reactive:

Error ≤ ± 0.02% (50

mA -100A)

b) Apparent power (P,

Q, S): Of the value

final value Error ≤ ±

0.5% (50 mA-499

of the measurement

range final value)

c) Display range: 6

digits for each

measuring point

23 Power Factor (P/S)

measurement

Clause 6.11 Measurement error

direct: Error ≤ ±

0.05% of the

measurement range

final value

Measurement error

with electronically

compensated clip-

on CT’s: Error ≤ ±

0.20% of the

measurement final

range value

Display range: -

1.00000 to

+1.00000

24 Error calculation (E) Clause 6.12 a) Constant: 1 ...

1’000’000 Imp/

kWh (kvarh, kVAh)

1 ... 1’000’000 Imp/

Wh (varh, VAh)

1 ... 10’000 Imp/

Ws (Vars, VAs)

or 0.001 ... 100

Wh/Imp

b) Display range: 100.000% ...

+100.000%

25 Phase angle display

resolution

Clause 6.13 0.10

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-104

104

26 Input Frequency Clause 6.14 200kHz

27 Degree of Protection Clause 6.15 IP 40 (IEC 60529)

28 Data storage & Data

transfer

Clause 6.16 Compliance Required

29 Instrument

Transformers (CT &

PT) Testing (Primary

testing with Clip-on

CTs (100A-1000A),

Secondary Testing

directly or with Clip-

On CTs (100A)

Clause 7.1, 7.2

& 7.3

a) Instrument

transformer (CT and

PT) ratio

b) Instrument

transformer (CT and

PT) errors

c) Phase angles

between primary

and secondary

d) Burden

measurements on

secondary side of

CT and PT

e) Load tests in

assembled state for

current and

potential Burdens:

o Operation

burden and

nominal burden

o Burden factor

and impedance

f) CT demagnetization

30 Software Features Clause 8.1,

8.2, 8.3, 8.4 &

8.5

Compliance Required

31 Carry case Clause 9.1 Compliance Required

32 Operating Manual Clause 10 Compliance Required

33 Training to BREB

Staff

Clause 11 Compliance Required

34 Type Tests, testing &

submission of test

reports

Clause 12 Compliance Required

35 Year of manufacture Required

36 Weight of Test

Equipment

Kg Required

37 Sizes cm/Inch Required

38 Submittal as per

specification

Clause 16 Required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-105

105

39 Clause by Clause

conformanceofthistech

nical specification

Clause 16 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification

with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet if necessary)

40 Name & signature of

authorized representative with

date

41 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-106

106

Specification# 17

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Laboratory Package Gas Analyzer

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the supply of a

laboratory package Gas Analyzer for performing specified tests on distribution

and power transformers insulating oil for Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board

(BREB).

1.2 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.3 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 The laboratory package Gas Analyzer shall conform to the latest editions of the

standards applicable to their design, construction, production and testing

applications, including but not limited to those listed below, and their normative

references:

(a) ASTM D3612-02: Standard Test Method for Analysis of Gases Dissolved

in Electrical Insulating Oil by Gas Chromatography

(b) ASTM D3487-09: Specification for Mineral Insulating Oil Used in

Electrical Apparatus

(c) IEC 60567: Oil-filled Electrical Equipment-Sampling of gasses and of oil

for analysis of free and dissolved gasses-guidance

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 The laboratory package Gas Analyzer shall be manufactured at a plant that has

fabricated such instruments of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a

period not less than ten years and that holds ISO:9001-2015 Certification for

quality management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The laboratory package Gas Analyzer shall be suitable for performing tests under

the local service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-107

107

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Performance and Technical Specifications

5.1 The offered laboratory package Gas Analyzer shall be reliable, cost effective, low

maintenance, provide high accuracy test results and meet or exceed the

requirements of this specification in all respects.

5.2 The laboratory package Gas Analyzer shall be capable of performing gas analysis

within short time to fulfill the requirements of ASTM and IEC standards.

5.3 It shall apply single syringe for sampling of oil gas extractions for measurement.

The analyzer shall perform accurate oil test data interpretation.

5.4 The laboratory package Gas Analyzer shall have following components:

a) Syringe shaker:

i) Automatic shake-test extraction

ii) Syringe clip-on installation

iii) Hold up to shake-test syringes

iv) One-button 2-minute operation with automatic stop

v) 240V AC, 50Hz

b) O2-N2 measurement bench top kit:

i) Built-in ergonomic extraction gas port with shut-off valve

ii) 4ft-1/8-inch copper connection with brass tee

c) Shake Test syringe carrying case:

i) Holds 6 fully extended shake-test syringes

ii) Protects syringes against damage

d) Two-stage helium pressure regulator:

i) Standardized system connection-CGA 580 connection

ii) High-pressure output stability (preset to 80psig)

iii) 4ft-1/8-inch copper connection with one-way valve

e) Other accessories:

i) 5 additional shake-test syringes

ii) 3 additional oil trap bags (25/bag)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-108

108

f) Additional accessories:

i) Shake test syringe: Method compliant (ASTM and IEC standard)

100 cc, individually serialized

ii) 12VDC/220VAC vehicle inverter, connects to a standard vehicle

12VDC

6. Spare Parts for Laboratory Package Gas Analyzer

a) Gas-tight glass syringe (10cc)

b) CO2 trap for air run

c) CO2 trap for Shake-Test

d) 3-way valve stopcock (20/bag)

7. Consumables

7.1 Calibration gas cylinder (500cc), suitable for 200 calibrations and bag for oil traps

(25/bag)

8. Conflict

8.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standards in their respective offer but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

9. Operating Manual

9.1 The laboratory package Gas Analyzer shall be provided with an operating manual-

user guide for operation and maintenance purpose in English language.

10. Training

10.1 The supplier expert shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians. The

training shall be on the use of the equipment and test results in accordance with

ASTM and IEC standard and on generating test reports.

11. Name Plate

11.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of the testing

equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, power supply and technical

specifications

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-109

109

12. Packaging and Shipping

12.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

12.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof materials

and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled condition. Each

box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

12.3 The material shall be skidded, boxed or otherwise suitably protected against damage

or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings shall be effectively

sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust, dirt, moisture and other

foreign matter.

12.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

12.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

13. Warranty

13.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant laboratory package Gas Analyzer supplied

under this specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or

workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless

otherwise specified in tender documents. During the period of such warranty,

defective items shall be replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

13.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms to

this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be accepted.

14. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

14.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of technical data and

other information with the bid submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings/pictures and catalogues of the “laboratory package Gas

Analyzer” showing the dimensions, testing method and physical features

b) Guaranteed technical parameter schedules

c) Technical description of items, data sheets of instrument contained in the

test systems

d) Certified testing and calibration test reports

e) Packaging details

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-110

110

f) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

g) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

h) Statement of country of origin for all items

i) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

j) Copies of type tests and special testing certificates evidencing completion

of qualification tests from an accredited testing laboratory

k) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

l) List of clients in last five years with their addresses, which were supplied

laboratory package Gas Analyzer

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-111

111

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for

Laboratory Package Gas Analyzer

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr. # Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name

and model number.

MYRKOS or equivalent

North American or

European manufacturer

2 Manufacturer

/Supplier address and

contacts

Required

3 Scope Clause 1 Compliance Required

4 Reference Standards Clause 2.1 Compliance Required

5 Experience & Quality

Control

Clause 3.1 Compliance Required

6 Service conditions Clause 4.1 Compliance Required

7 Performance &

Technical

Specifications

Clause 5 Compliance Required

8 Laboratory package

Gas Analyzer

components

Clause 5.4 Compliance of clause

5.4 required as follows:

9 Syringe Shaker Clause 5.4 a Automatic shake-

test extraction

Syringe clip-on

installation

Hold up to shake-

test syringes

One-button 2-

minute operation

with automatic stop

240V AC, 50Hz

10 O2-N2 measurement

Bench Top Kit

Clause 5.4 b Built-in ergonomic

extraction gas port

with shut-off valve

4ft-1/8-inch copper

connection with

brass tee

11 Shake Test Syringe Clause 5.4 c Holds 6 fully

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-112

112

Carrying Case extended shake-test

syringes

Protects syringes

against damage

12 Two Stage Helium

Pressure Regulator

Clause 5.5 d Standardized system

connection-CGA

580 connection

High-pressure

output stability

(preset to 80psig)

4ft-1/8-inch copper

connection with

one-way valve

13 Other Accessories Clause 5.5 e 5 additional shake-

test syringes

3 additional oil trap

bags (25/bag)

14 Additional

Accessories

Clause 5.5 f Shake test syringe:

Method compliant

(ASTM and IEC

standard) 100 cc,

individually

serialized

12VDC/220VAC

and vehicle inverter,

connects to a

standard vehicle

12VDC

15 Spare Parts for the

lab. Package Gas

Analyzer

Clause 6 a) Gas-tight glass

syringe (10cc)

b) CO2 trap for air run

c) CO2 trap for Shake-

Test

d) 3-way valve

stopcock (20/bag)

16 Consumables Clause 7.1 Calibration gas cylinder

(500cc), suitable for 200

calibrations and bag for

oil traps (25/bag) and

other consumables

recommended by the

supplier

17 Operating Manual Clause 9.1 Compliance Required

18 Training to BREB

Staff

Clause 10.1 Compliance Required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-113

113

19 Type Tests and test

reports

14 Required

20 Year of manufacture 12 Required

21 Weight of Lab.

Package

12 Required

22 Size 12 Required

23 Submittal as per

specification

Clause 14 Required

24 Clause by Clause

conformance of this

technical specification

Clause 14 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification

with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

25 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with

date

26 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-114

114

Specification# 18

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Interfacial Force Tensiometer

Technical Specification:

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for supply of “Force

Tensiometer” to Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board (REB) for performing

interfacial or surface tension test on transformer insulating mineral oil samples.

1.2 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.3 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 The interfacial force Tensiometer shall conform to the latest editions of the

standards applicable to their design, construction, production and testing

application, including but not limited to those listed below, and their normative

references:

a) ASTM D3612-02: Standard Test Method for Analysis of Gases

Dissolved in Electrical Insulating Oil by Gas Chromatography

b) ASTM D3487-09: Specification for Mineral Insulating Oil Used in

Electrical Apparatus

c) IEC 60567: Oil-filled Electrical Equipment-Sampling of Gasses and of

oil for analysis of free and dissolved gasses-guidance

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 The Tensiometer shall be manufactured at a plant that has fabricated such

instruments of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a period not less

than ten years and that holds ISO:9001-2015 Certification for quality

management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The Tensiometer shall be suitable for performing tests in a testing laboratory

under the local service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-115

115

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Performance and Technical Specifications

5.1 The offered Force Tensiometer for performing specified tests on transformers

insulating oil shall be reliable, cost effective, low maintenance, high accuracy

Lab. results, calibrated and meet or exceed the requirements of this

specification in all respects.

5.2 The Tensiometer shall be capable of performing gas analysis tests within short

time to fulfill the testing requirements of ASTM and IEC standards.

5.3 The Tensiometer shall have following product specifications:

a) Force measurement:

i) Maximum load: 120g

ii) Resolution: 100 μg

iii) Precision: 300 μg

iv) Measurement rate: 12.5Hz

v) Adjustment: Automated, external weight

vi) Adjustment weight: 100g

vii) Locking mechanism: Automatic

b) Sample Stage:

i) Travel distance: >10mm

ii) Travel speed: 0.09 to 500mm/min

iii) Type of motor: Brushless DC servo motor

iv) Simple platform: yes

v) Thermostat jacket: yes

vi) Integrated sample stage: yes

c) Data output:

i) USB-STICK: MS Excel report, txt format

5.4 The vendor shall provide the recommended measurement specifications for

surface tension (SFT)/Interfacial tension (IFT) with Ring, Plate, Rod method

and Liquid Density for review and evaluation.

5.5 The Tensiometer shall have following general specifications:

a) Temperature control:

i) Type: Liquid

ii) Range: -10oC-130

oC

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-116

116

b) Temperature measurement:

i) Range: -60 to 450oC

ii) Resolution: 0.01oC

iii) Precision: +/-0.05oC

iv) Accuracy: +/-0.5oC

v) Internal sensor: yes

vi) External sensor: yes

c) Housing and peripherals

i) Built-in bubble level: yes

ii) Glass withstand doors: yes

iii) Stainless steel measuring component: Yes

iv) Torch pane: Yes

v) Display: 800x600 px

d) Power:

i) Voltage: 240V, 50Hz

ii) Power consumption: Vendor to specify

e) Interface:

iii) USB: Yes

iv) Auxiliary: RS 232

v) Thermostat: External

vi) Inert gas: Yes

6. Conflict

6.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standards in their respective offer but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

7. Operating Manual

7.1 The Laboratory Package Gas Analyzer shall be provided with an operating

manual-user guide for operation and maintenance purpose in English

language.

8. Training

8.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians. The

training shall be on the use of the equipment test results in accordance with

ASTM and IEC standard and on generating test reports.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-117

117

9. Name Plate

9.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of each instrument

of the testing equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings, power supply and

technical specifications

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

10. Packaging and Shipping

10.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

10.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

10.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings

shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust,

dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

10.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

10.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-118

118

11. Warranty

11.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective items shall be

replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

11.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

12. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittals

12.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of the technical

data and other information with the bid submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the Force Tensiometer showing the dimensions,

catalogues, operating method and physical features

b) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

c) Certified testing and calibration test reports

d) Packaging details

e) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

f) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

g) Statement of country of origin for all items

h) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

i) Copies of type test reports and other special certificates evidencing

completion of qualification tests from an accredited testing laboratory

j) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

k) List of clients in last five years with their addresses, which were supplied

Force Tensiometer

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-119

119

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for

Interfacial Force Tensiometerfor Performing Interfacial or Surface Tension

Tests on Transformer Insulating Mineral Oil Samples

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be

rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of

the bid

Sr. # Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name and

model number

KRUSS or equivalent

North American or

European manufacturer

2 Manufacturer/ Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 Scope 1 Compliance Required

4 Reference Standards 2 Compliance Required

5 Experience & Quality

Control

3 Compliance Required

6 Service conditions 4 Compliance Required

7 Performance &

Technical Specifications

5 (5.1

to 5.4)

Compliance Required

8 Force Measurement 5.3 a Maximum load:

120g

Resolution: 100 μg

Precision: 300 μg

Measurement rate:

12.5Hz

Adjustment:

Automated,

external weight

Adjustment weight:

100g

Locking

mechanism:

Automatic

9 Sample Stage 5.3 b Travel

distance:>10mm

Travel speed: 0.09

to 500mm/min

Type of motor:

Brushless DC servo

motor

Simple platform:

yes

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-120

120

Thermostat jacket:

Yes

Integrated sample

stage: Yes

10 Data Output 5.3 c USB-STICK: MS

Excel report, txt

format

11 General Specifications 5.5 (a

to e)

Compliance required

12 Temperature Control 5.5 a Type: Liquid

Range: -10 oC-

130oC

13 Temperature

Measurement

5.5 b Range: -60 to

450oC

Resolution: 0.01 oC

Precision: +/-0.05 oC

Accuracy: +/-0.5 oC

Internal sensor: Yes

External sensor:

Yes

14 Housing Peripherals 5.5 c Built-in bubble

level: Yes

Glass withstand

doors: Yes

Stainless steel

measuring

component: Yes

Torch pane: Yes

Display: 800x600

px

15 Power requirement 5.5 d Voltage: 240V,

50Hz

Power

consumption:

Vendor to specify

16 Interface 5.5 e USB: Yes

Auxiliary: RS 232

Thermostat:

External

Inert gas: Yes

17 Operating Manual 7 Required

18 Training to BREB Staff 8 Required

19 Type Test Reports and

other special test reports

16 Required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-121

121

20 Year of manufacture 9 Required

21 Weight of instrument 9 Required

22 Size 9 Required

23 Submittal as per

specification

12 Required

24 Clause by Clause

conformance of

technical specification

12 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical

specification with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

25 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with date

26 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-122

122

Specification# 19

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Moisture in Transformer Oil Test Set

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the supply of “Test

Set to measure moisture or water content in transformer insulating oil samples” to

Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board (BREB).

1.2 The oil testing set shall apply a well-established method to measure and evaluate

moisture or water content in samples of transformers insulating oil. The test set

will be used either in the field or in the laboratory environment.

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 The moisture in transformer oil Testing Set shall conform to the latest editions of

the standards applicable to their design, construction, production and testing

applications, including but not limited to those listed below, and their normative

references:

a) ASTM D1533: Standard Test Method for Water in Insulating Liquids

by Coulometric Karl Fischer Titration

b) ASTM D3612-02: Standard Test Method for Analysis of Gases

Dissolved in Electrical Insulating Oil by Gas Chromatography

c) ASTM D3487-09: Specification for Mineral Insulating Oil Used in

Electrical Apparatus

d) IEC 60567: Oil-filled Electrical Equipment-Sampling of Gasses and of

oil for analysis of free and dissolved gasses-guidance

e) IEC 60814:1997 Insulating liquids - Oil-impregnated paper and

pressboard - Determination of water by automatic Coulometric Karl

Fischer titration

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-123

123

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 The moisture in transformer oil Test Set shall be manufactured at a plant that has

fabricated such instruments of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a

period not less than ten years and that holds ISO:9001-2015 Certification for

quality management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The moisture in transformer oil Test Set shall be suitable for performing tests

under the local service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-124

124

5. Performance and Technical Specifications of Moisture in Transformers Oil Test

Set

5.1 The moisture in transformer oil Testing Set shall be portable, reliable, cost

effective, low maintenance, provide high accuracy test results and meet or exceed

the requirements of this specification in all respects.

5.2 The test set shall determine the moisture or water contents in transformer oil

samples fulfilling the requirements of ASTM and IEC standards.

5.3 The test set shall be optimized based on “Coulometric Karl Fischer”

titrimetry/titration principle by performing titration on oil samples drawn from the

transformers.

5.4 The oil test set shall use automatically compensated error system to filter out

inaccuracies that may be caused by changes in electrolysis cell resistance,

ensuring that every test is as accurate as possible.

5.5 The test set shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor use under service condition

given in this specification and on-site testing of fresh oil samples eliminating any

time related deterioration of oil samples.

5.6 The oil test set shall be able to be powered from low voltage system mains

240/415V, 50Hz.

5.7 The test set for evaluating moisture content in transformer oil shall have following

components:

a) Titration vessel

b) Detector electrode

c) Generator electrode

d) Drying tube

e) Carrying case

f) Power pack & car adopter

g) Injection Septa

h) Glass syringe (1ml)

i) Luer needle

j) Bottle of molecular Sieve

k) Funnel

5.8 The oil test set shall have the following technical specifications:

Titration Method “Coulometric Karl Fischer” Titration

Electrolysis Control Automatic compensated error control system

End Point Detection AC polarization

End Point Indication Visual display/ printout / acoustic beep

Type of Sensor Two pin platinum electrodes

Measuring Range 1μg - 10mg water

Moisture Range 1ppm to 100%

Max Sensitivity 0.1μg

Max Titration Speed 2mg per minute

Max Current 400mA

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-125

125

Drift Compensation Automatically controlled

Precision 10-100μg ± 3μg, 100μg-1mg ± 5μg, above 1mg ±0.5%

Method Storage 10 programmable methods

Sample ID Number User programmable

Display Format μg, mg/kg, ppm, %

Analogue Output Built-in printer

Print Format Μg, mg/kg, ppm, %

Data logging USB, RS232 and results manager software

Calculation Modes Weight/weight

Weight/dilution ratio

Volume/volume

Volume/density

User programmable

Statistics Up to 99 runs

User programmable

User programmable

Start Delay Time 0-30 mins selectable

Minimum Titration

Time

0-30 mins selectable

Language English

Stirrer Speed Microprocessor controlled

Calendar/Clock Analysis time and date print out

Keypad/User Controls Non-tactile membrane/display prompted menu

Display 40-character alphanumeric backlit display

Printer 42-character high speed thermal printer

Carry Case Standard

Power Supply 240VAC (+/-10%), 50 Hz, 12V DC car adapter/internal

battery

Power Consumption Vendor to specify

Battery Life 8 hour running time

Battery Charging Vendor to specify

Battery Low Display and print out indication

6. Features of Oil Test Set

a) Coulmetric Karl Fischer titration principle for accurate measurement

of moisture in oil samples

b) Automatically compensated error (ACE) control system to filters out

inaccurate results caused by changes in electrolysis cell resistance

c) Integrated printer to take instantly print out of results

d) Results to be calculated in ppm, mg/kg and microgram

e) Suitable for titration of samples from transformers insulating oil

(specific gravity as of transformers mineral insulating oil)

f) Suitable for use in outdoor conditions

g) Can be powered by mains, internal rechargeable battery or in a vehicle

h) Data capture and retrieval software

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-126

126

7. Consumables

7.1 Consumable for period of 2 years shall be provided with the oil testing set.

8. Conflict

8.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standards in their respective offer but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

9. Operating Manual

9.1 The oil test set shall be provided with an operating manual-user guide for

operation and maintenance purpose in English language.

10. Training

10.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians. The

training shall be on the use of the equipment and test results in accordance with

ASTM and IEC standard and on generating test reports.

11. Name Plate

11.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of the testing

equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, power supply and technical

specifications

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-127

127

12. Packaging and Shipping

12.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

12.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

12.3 The material shall be skidded, boxed or otherwise suitably protected against

damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings shall be

effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust, dirt, moisture

and other foreign matter.

12.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

12.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

13. Warranty

13.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant “Oil Test Set” supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective items shall be

replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

13.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

14. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittals

14.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of the technical

data, product catalogues and other information, as follows:

a) Outline drawings/pictures/catalogue of the “moisture in transformer oil

Test Set” showing the dimensions and physical features

b) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-128

128

c) Technical description of items, testing method and data sheets of

components contained in the moisture or water content in transformers oil

Test Set

d) Certified testing and calibration test reports

e) Packaging details

f) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

g) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

h) Statement of country of origin for all items

i) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

j) Copies of test certificates evidencing completion of qualification tests from

an accredited testing laboratory

k) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

l) List of clients in last five years with their addresses, which were supplied

moisture in transformer oil Test Set

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-129

129

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for

Moisture in Transformer Oil Test Set

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the

bid

Sr. # Description Clause/

Unit

REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name and

model number

Mettler Toledo Karl

Fischer Titrator or

equivalent North

American or European

manufacture

2 Manufacturer /Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 Scope Clause 1 Compliance Required

4 Reference Standards Clause 2 Compliance Required

5 Experience & Quality

Control

Clause 3 Compliance Required

6 Service Conditions Clause 4 Compliance Required

7 Performance &

Technical Specifications

Clause 5 Compliance Required

Testing Set Main Components - Compliance of clause 5.7 required, as

under:

8 Testing Set - main

components

Clause 5.7 a) Titration vessel

b) Detector electrode

c) Generator electrode

d) Drying tube

e) Carrying case

f) Power pack & car

adapter

g) Injection Septa

h) Glass syringe (1ml)

i) Luer needle

j) Bottle of molecular

Sieve

k) Funnel

9 Testing Set Technical Specifications – Compliance of clause 5.8 required, as

under:

Titration Method Clause 5.8 “Coulometric Karl

Fischer” Titration

Electrolysis Control Automatic compensated

error control system

End Point Detection AC polarization

End Point Indication Visual display/ printout

/ acoustic beep

Type of Sensor Two pin platinum

electrodes

Measuring Range mg 1μg - 10mg water

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-130

130

Moisture Range Ppm 1ppm to 100%

Max Sensitivity mg 0.1μg

Max Titration Speed Mg 2mg per minute

Max Current mA 400mA

Drift Compensation Automatically

controlled

Precision mg 10-100μg ± 3μg, 100μg-

1mg ± 5μg, above 1mg

±0.5%

Method Storage 10 programmable

methods

Sample ID Number User programmable

Display Format μg,

mg/kg,

ppm

μg, mg/kg, ppm, %

Analogue Output Built-in printer

Print Format Μg, mg/kg, ppm, %

Data logging USB, RS232 and results

manager software

Calculation Modes Weight/weight

Weight/dilution ratio

Volume/volume

Volume/density

(User programmable)

Statistics Up to 99 runs

(User programmable)

Start Delay Time Min. 0-30 mins selectable

Minimum Titration Time Min. 0-30 mins selectable

Language English

Stirrer Speed Microprocessor

controlled

Calendar/Clock Analysis time and date

print out

Keypad/User Controls Non-tactile

membrane/display

prompted menu

Display 40-character

alphanumeric backlit

display

Printer 42-character high speed

thermal printer

Carry Case Standard/rugged

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-131

131

Power Supply 240VAC (+/-10%), 50

Hz, and 12V DC car

adapter/internal battery

Power Consumption Vendor to specify

Battery Life 8 hour running time

Battery Charging Vendor to specify

Battery Low Display and print out

indication

Testing Set Features – Compliance of clause 6 required, as under:

10 Oil Test Set Features Clause 6 Coulmetric Karl Fischer

titration principle for

accurate measurement

of moisture in oil

samples

Automatically

compensated error

(ACE) control system to

filters out inaccurate

results caused by

changes in electrolysis

cell resistance

Integrated printer to

take instantly print out

of results

Results to be calculated

in ppm, mg/kg and

microgram

Suitable for titration of

samples from

transformers insulating

oil (specific gravity as

of transformers mineral

insulating oil)

Suitable for use in

outdoor conditions

Can be powered by

mains, internal

rechargeable battery or

in a vehicle

Data capture and

retrieval software

11 Consumables Clause 7 Manufacturer

recommended

consumable items for

period of 2 years to be

provided with the

testing set

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-132

132

12 Operating Manual and

testing method

Clause 9 Required

13 Training to BREB Staff Clause 10 Required

14 Type test reports with

the submittal

Clause 14 Required

15 Year of manufacture Clause 11 Required

16 Weight of instrument Clause 11 Required

17 Size Clause 11 Required

18 Submittal as per

specification

Clause 14 Required

19 Clause by Clause

conformance of this

technical specification

Clause 14 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification

with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

20 Name & signature of

authorized representative

with date

21 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-133

133

Specification# 20

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Transformer Oil Flash Point Test Set

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the supply of a

“Flash Point Test Set” to Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board (BREB) for

performing flash point test on transformers insulating oil in conformity to

specified test methods.

1.2 Flash point of transformers oil shall be the temperature at which oil sample to give

enough vapors to produce a flammable mixture with air and mixture shall give

momentary flash on application of flame under standard conditions.

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 The Flash Point Test Set shall conform to the latest editions of the standards

applicable to their design, construction, production and testing application,

including but not limited to those listed below, and their normative references:

a) ASTM D3612-02: Standard Test Method for Analysis of Gases

Dissolved in Electrical Insulating Oil by Gas Chromatography

b) ASTM D3487-09: Specification for Mineral Insulating Oil Used in

Electrical Apparatus

c) ASTM D3487-16: Standard Specification for Mineral Insulating Oil

Used in Electrical Apparatus

d) IEC 60567: Oil-filled Electrical Equipment-Sampling of Gasses and of

oil for analysis of free and dissolved gasses-guidance

e) IEC 60296: Unused mineral insulating oils for transformers and

switchgears

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-134

134

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 The Flash Point Test Set shall be manufactured at a plant that has fabricated

such instruments of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a period not

less than ten years and that holds ISO: 9001-2015 Certification for quality

management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The Flash Point Test Set shall be suitable for performing tests under local

service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Performance and Features

5.1 The offered testing set for performing flash point test on transformers

insulating oil shall be user friendly modular design, reliable, cost effective,

low maintenance, provide high accuracy test results, fully automatic, with

built-in safety, reliable and meet or exceed the requirements of this

specification in all respects.

5.2 The equipment shall be capable of performing “flash point test on transformers

insulating oil samples” to fulfill the testing requirements of ASTM and IEC

standards.

5.3 The shall have the following features:

a) Have universal base unit

b) Provide fast and reliable results

c) Universal base unit to display control and electronics

d) Interchangeable test cup modules

e) Gas and electric ignition

f) Centigrade and Fahrenheit temperature displays

g) Inbuilt safety

h) Remote end test results

i) Fully automatic for test parameters, control, ignition, flash detection,

barometric correction, test results and end of test audible warning

j) Minimum operator commands

k) Integral self-diagnostic

l) Configurable according to needs

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-135

135

m) Easy calibration in calibration and diagnostic mode

n) Reliable and precise test temperature through Platinum resistance

thermometers (Prts)

o) Selectable feature from control panel to use coaxial igniter hot wire or

gas source

p) Igniter to be long-life

q) Operate on primary source: 230/415V (+/-10%), 50Hz

6. Technical Specifications

6.1 The Flash Point Test Set shall have the following specifications:

a) Test method Cleveland (open-cup)

b) Test Mode: Vendor to specify

c) Barometric correction: Automatic

d) Temperature Range: Ambient to 400oC

e) Igniter: Hot wire or Flame

f) Temperature Probes: Class A (Prts) fast response Platinum

thermometers

g) Flash Detector: Thermocouple

h) Heating Bath type: Metal

i) Integral Bath cooling: Fan

j) Post test cool-down: Vendor to specify

7. Safety

7.1 The Flash Point Test Set shall have the following safety features:

a) Built-in safety

b) Gas shut-off fire sensor and on over-temperature

c) Software feature to check flammability of sample before heating

8. Test Methods

8.1 The Flash Point Test Set shall have Cleveland (Open cup) test method.

9. Test Results

9.1 The Flash Point Test Set shall detect end of test automatically and provide test

results corrected for barometric pressure, results shall be stored for future use

and be printed or sent to an external computer.

9.2 The Flash Point Test Set shall detect cooling down automatically for next test

over integral cooling fan.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-136

136

10. Conflict

10.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standard in their respective offer, but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

11. Consumables

11.1 Consumable for period of 2 years shall be provided with the flash point test

set.

12. Operating Manual

12.1 The Flash Point Test Set shall be provided with an operating manual-user

guide for operation and maintenance purpose in English language.

13. Training:

13.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians. The

training shall be on the use of the Flash Point Test Set and test results in

accordance with ASTM and IEC standard and on generating test reports.

14. Name Plate

14.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of the testing

equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, power supply and technical

specifications

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-137

137

15. Packaging and Shipping

15.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

15.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

15.3 The material shall be skidded, boxed or otherwise suitably protected against

damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings shall be

effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust, dirt,

moisture and other foreign matter.

15.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

15.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from REB as

applicable.

16. Warranty

16.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant Flash Point Test Set supplied under

this specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship

for a period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise

specified in tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective

items shall be replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

16.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

17. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittals

17.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of the technical

data and other essential information with the bid submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings/pictures and catalogue of the flash point test set for

transformer oil showing the dimensions and physical features

b) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

c) Technical data sheets and description of test set

d) Certified testing and calibration test reports

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-138

138

e) Packaging details

f) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

g) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

h) Statement of country of origin for all items

i) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 certification for the manufacturing plant

j) Copies of test reports and certificates evidencing completion of

qualification tests from an accredited testing laboratory

k) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

l) List of clients in last five years with their addresses, which were supplied

“Flash Point” test set

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-139

139

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for Flash

Point Testing Set for Transformers Insulating Oil

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr. # Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name

and model number

SETASTANOPE or

equivalent North American

or European manufacturer

2 Manufacturer/Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 Scope 1 Compliance Required

4 Reference Standards 2 Compliance Required

5 Experience & Quality

Control

3 Compliance Required

6 Service Conditions 4 Compliance Required

7 Performance & Features of Flash Point Test Set - Compliance

of clause 5.1 to 5.4 required and of clause 5.4 as under:

8 Flash Point Test Set

features

5.4 a) Have universal base unit

b) Provide fast and reliable

results

c) Universal base unit to

display control and

electronics

d) Interchangeable test cup

modules

e) Gas and electric ignition

f) Centigrade and Fahrenheit

temperature displays

g) In-built safety

h)Remote end test results

i) Fully automatic for test

parameters, control, ignition,

flash detection, barometric

correction, test results and

end of test audible warning

j) Minimum operator

commands

k) Integral self-diagnostic

l) Configurable according to

needs

m) Easy calibration in

calibration and diagnostic

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-140

140

mode

n) Reliable and precise test

temperature through

Platinum resistance

thermometers (Prts)

o) Selectable feature from

control panel to use coaxial

igniter hot wire or gas source

p) Igniter to be long-life

q)Operate on primary source:

240/415V (+/-10%), 50Hz

Technical Specifications of Flash Point Test Set– Compliance of clause

6 required, as under:

9 6.1 a) Test method: Cleveland

(open-cup)

b) Test Mode: Vendor to

specify

c) Barometric correction:

Automatic

d) Temperature Range:

Ambient to 400Co

e) Igniter: Hot wire or

Flame

f) Temperature Probes:

Class A (Prts) fast response

Platinum thermometers

g) Flash Detector:

Thermocouple

h) Heating Bath type: Metal

i) Integral Bath cooling:

Fan

j) Post test cool-down:

Vendor to specify

The Flash Point Test Set

shall have Cleveland (Open

cup) test method (clause 8.1)

10 Safety Features– Compliance of clause 7 required as under:

Clause

7.1

a) Built-in safety

b) Gas shut-off fire sensor

and on over-temperature

c) Software feature to check

flammability of sample

before heating

11 Consumables Clause 11 Consumable for period of 2

years shall be provided with

the flash point test set

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-141

141

12 Operating Manual Clause 12 Required

13 Training to BREB Staff Clause 13 Required

14 Test Results Clause 9 Required

15 Year of manufacture Required

16 Weight of instrument Required

17 Size Required

18 Submittal as per

specification

Clause 17 Required

19 Clause by Clause

conformance of this

technical specification

Clause 17 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical

specification with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

20 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with

date

21 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-142

142

Specification# 21

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Circuit Breaker Analyzer Testing Set with SDRM and essential accessories

Technical Specification

1. Scope:

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the testing and

supply of “circuit breaker analyzer unit, with static and dynamic resistance

measurements (SDRM), computer-aided circuit breaker analysis software

program and essential accessories” to Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board

(BREB) for performing specified tests and analysis on 11kV and 33kV circuit

breakers.

1.2 The circuit breaker analyzer set with SDRM, software and accessories are

intended for testing circuit breakers at medium-level voltages (11kV and 33kV)

for one break per phase. Contact times and travel (motion) shall be recorded for

main contacts, pre-insertion resister contacts and auxiliary contacts. Coil

currents shall also be recorded automatically and presented with other readings

after testing on the display. Besides the actual measurement values several

parameters according IEEE/ANSI and IEC standards shall be calculated and

shown in report like closing (C) and opening (O) time, difference between

phases, over travel, CO and OC time (and others).

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at

the time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 The circuit breaker analyzing unit and software shall conform to the latest

editions of the standards applicable to their design, construction, production

and testing applications, including but not limited to those listed below, and

their normative references:

a) IEEE C37.04-1999 (R2006): IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC

High- Voltage Circuit Breakers, and Addendums

b) IEEE C37.06-2009 (R2000): IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage

Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, amended to

date

c) IEEE C37.09-1999 (R2007): IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC

High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis,

and Addendums

d) ANSI C37.54-2002 (R2010): American National Standard for Indoor

Alternating Current High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Applied as

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-143

143

Removable Elements in Metal-Enclosed Switchgear-Conformance

Test Procedures

e) IEC 62271-200:2011; High-voltage switchgear and control gear,Part

200, AC metal-enclosed switchgear and control gear for rated voltages

above 1 kV and up to and including 52 kV.

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 The circuit breaker analyzer unit and associated accessories shall be

manufactured at a plant that has fabricated such instruments and associated

software of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a period not less than

ten years and that holds ISO: 9001-2015 Certification for quality management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The circuit breaker analyzer equipment and associated accessories shall be

suitable for performing tests under the local service conditions in Bangladesh,

which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. System Configuration

5.1 Power system parameters of local BREB 33/11kV overhead line power

distribution network are as follows:

a) Primary Voltage (U): 33 kV r.m.s

b) System highest voltage (Um): 36kV r.m.s

c) Secondary Voltage: 11kV r.m.s

d) System frequency (f): 50 Hz

e) 3 Phase short circuit capacity: 31.5kA for 3s

f) BIL: 170kVp for 33 kV and 95kVp for 11 kV

5.2 Power system parameters of local BREB 11kV (phase to phase)/6.35kV

(phase to neutral) overhead line distribution network are as follows:

a) System primary voltage (U): 11kV r.m.s

b) System highest voltage (Um): 12kV r.m.s

c) Nominal voltage-phase to neutral (UO): 6.35kV

d) Secondary Voltage: 240V, 50 Hz

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-144

144

e) BIL: 95kVp

6. Performance and Functional Specifications

6.1 The offered circuit breaker analyzer with static and dynamic resistance

measurement (SDRM), computer-aided breaker analysis software program and

associated accessories shall be reliable, cost effective, low maintenance, high

accuracy, calibrated, suitable for testing timing and travel (motion) on circuit

breakers with single interrupter per phase and meet or exceed the requirements

of this specification in all respects.

6.2 The circuit breaker analyzer unit shall be easy to use, with two separate timing

channels for measurement of auxiliary contacts, analog measurement channels

for travel transducers general voltage/current measurements, static and

dynamic resistance measurements (SDRM) along with all essential

accessories.

6.3 Circuit breaker analyzer unit and software shall be capable of performing all

specified tests within one system to fulfill the testing requirements of

IEEE/ANSI and IEC standards.

6.4 The offered test systems shall contain all essential instruments, associated

accessories, cables, probes, connectors, sensors, extension cables, connectors,

transducers, switches, safety plugs, cable reels, adopters etc.

6.5 The circuit breaker analyzer unit shall be designed to test circuit breakers

having one main contact per phase. It shall have three channels connected

together on one side. Events at parallel contacts shall be equipped with pre-

insertion resisters, which shall be recorded and displayed simultaneously.

There shall be two separate channels for measurements of auxiliary contacts.

For simplified hook-up application, it shall contain ready-made multi-cable

sets for both main and auxiliary contacts.

6.6 Coil currents shall be measured automatically and presented to-gather with

other readings immediately after testing on the display window or via the

built-in printer.

6.7 Built-in sequencer (program unit) shall set the instrument automatically for the

next sequential breaker operation.

6.8 The circuit breaker analyzer unit shall be with SDRM option together with

accessories, which shall enable static and dynamic resistance measurements.

6.9 The test equipment shall have the following salient features:

a) SDRM: Static and dynamic resistance measurement options with

accessories.

b) Built-in coil measurement and reading: Presented in auto-scaled graphs

c) Sequencer for coil signals: Permit delays to be introduced for coil

impulses that differ relative to each other

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-145

145

d) Three timing channels: Both main contacts and pre-insertion resister

contacts to be timed on the same channel. Results shall be presented

both graphically and numerically.

e) Two galvanically isolated timing channels: To be used for timing of

dry or wet auxiliary contacts

f) Optional analog input channel: To be used for measuring travel

(motion) or any other analog voltage

g) USB: Interface for the PC

h) Printer: Built-in with 4.5” wide paper

i) Galvanically isolated sockets: It shall ensure safe, reliable

disconnection of operating coil cables before working in or on the

breaker

j) Breaker state indicator: Measures the state (open or closed) of the

breaker, where upon the sequencer sets the instrument automatically

for the next sequential operation

k) Buttons for sequence: (C, O, C-O, O-C or O-C-O) settings and to run a

print out of measurement results

l) Switch used to set the breaker: To the desired state without activating

the measurement channels

m) Menu-driven procedures: Automatically invoke default settings to

eliminate time consuming presetting, all menu lines associated with

uninstalled optional equipment hidden to enhance simplicity

n) Measure Knob: Runs breaker operation sequence, measuring and

recording results.

o) Auxiliary Buttons: Used for time channels that measure timing of

auxiliary contacts. Contact sensing shall be selectable.

7. Technical Specifications

7.1 The Circuit breaker analyzer unit shall have the following design features:

Main Voltage 240V AC, 50Hz

Power Consumption 100 VA (max.)

Display LCD

Language English

Time Measurement

Measurement time 1 to 100s

Resolution 0.1 to 10ms

Number of Channels 3 with common ground

Time base

inaccuracy

0.05% of the reading ± resolution

Status thresholds

Closed <10Ω±20%

Resister 10Ω ± 20% to 3kΩ ± 20%

Open >3kΩ ± 20%

Open circuit voltage 24V ± 20%

Short circuit current 100mA ± 20%

Auxiliary 1& 2

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-146

146

Number of channels 2, galvanically isolated

Contact-sensing

(Dry)

Status thresholds

Closed <600Ω ±30%

Open >600Ω ± 30%

Open circuit voltage 20V ± 20% DC

Short circuit current 25mA ± 20%

Voltage sensing

(Wet)

Status thresholds

Open indication < 8V (polarity insensitive)

Close indication > 13V AC/DC

Current

measurement

Range ± 25A per channel

Resolution 25mA

Inaccuracy 1% of reading

Working voltage 250V AC/DC

Breaker operation

Sequences C, O, C-O, O-C, O-C-O

Continuous current 5A

Max current 25A during 300 ms, rest time 1 min.

Contact function Two independent control functions

Contact

characteristics

Non-bouncing, closing time max. 0.1

ms

Make/Break

capacity

25A, 250 V (AC or DC) per contact

function

Start breaker

operation

By rotary switch

Pulse length Adjustable in steps of 10 ms

Pulse Delay Adjustable in steps of 10 ms

Working Voltage 250V AC/DC

Motion

No. of channels 1 independent

Max cable length 10m (33 ft)

Input

Range -4V to +4V

Resolution 2mV

Inaccuracy 1% of the measurement range

Transducer

resistance

1kΩ to 5KΩ

Input impedance 150 k Ω

Output

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-147

147

Open circuit voltage 4095V ± 4mV

Short circuit current 115mA

Printout

Type of printout Graphic and numeric

Printer Thermal printer with fixed print head

Graphic resolution 203 dpi

Paper width 4.5"

8. Accessories

8.1 The circuit breaker analyzer unit (automatic timer and motion analyzer for

medium- and high-voltage substation circuit breakers) shall be supplied with

essential accessories as deemed necessary.

8.2 Vendor is required to see the BREB requirement (including essential

accessories/excluding unnecessary optional items) and provide list of

accessories to be reviewed and approved by BREB.

8.3 The accessories shall include SDRM, SDRM cable, current cables for SDRM

with adequate lengths, cable reels (Yellow, Red, Blue, Black) with adequate

lengths and stack-able safety plugs, multiple cable sets with connectors,

transducer cables with connectors, extension cables with connectors, linear

transducers, rotary transducers, switch magnetic, universal support, rotary

transducer mounting kit, voltage divider etc.

8.4 The list of items, cables and accessories is as follows for guidance and vendor

shall propose the list of items with detailed information to BREB for review

and approval.

a) Circuit breaker analyzing unit including time measurement cables,

cable set of sequencer and transport case

b) Circuit breaker analyzing unit with analog channel and USB port

shall include “computer-aided circuit breaker analysis program

(CABA Win)”, time measurement cables, cables set for sequencer,

transducer cable and transport case

c) Circuit breaker analyzing unit with SDRM option and USB port

shall include CABA Win program, time measurement cables,

cables set for sequencer, transducer cable and transport case

d) Circuit breaker analyzing unit with circuit breaker analysis

software including USB cable, with extension cable

e) Transducers-Linear (as required for BREB system)

f) Transducer-Rotary (as required for BREB system)

g) Transducer mounting kits (vendor to provide essential transducer

mounting kits) Universal kits, Ready-to-use Kits-Rotary,

Transducer mounting accessories (universal support and switch

magnetic base)

h) Cables: (cable reel stackable safety plugs- Black, Red, Yellow,

Green, Blue)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-148

148

i) Cable Sets: The cable sets shall consist of 8 cables with clamps and

4 mm stackable safety plugs

j) Extension cables

k) Open analog Cable

l) Other items like voltage divider, ratio 400/1 thermo-paper and

cable organizer

9. Conflict

9.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standard in their respective offer but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

9.2 Vendor is encouraged to study BREB circuit breaker testing and analysis

requirement and offer suitable and compatible equipment before finalizing

respective submittals.

10. Operating Manual and Documentation

10.1 The circuit breaker analyzer unit, computer-aided circuit breaker analysis

software and associated accessories shall be provided with a set of operating

manuals for testing applications in English language.

10.2 Operating manuals shall also contain:

e) Detailed description of test equipment

f) Detailed description of test sequence and use of software

g) Wiring diagrams

11. Training

11.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians on use

of equipment, static and dynamic resistance measurements of circuit breaker,

application of computer-aided circuit breaker analysis software program, use

of accessories, measurements, data acquisition and recording of test results in

accordance with standards and for generating test reports.

11.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training

and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation.

12. Tests

12.1 Type Test:

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-149

149

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to

the fact that that type tests have been carried out successfully on all

instruments/components of the test equipment. The manufacturer shall also

provide test certificates for conformance and power source protection against

over voltages and surges. The type test certificates for the equipment shall be

from an independent accredited testing laboratory.

12.2 Routine Tests:

The manufacturer shall subject the equipment and instruments contained in the

test system, to the specified routine tests at their plant before offering the

material for acceptance tests.

12.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

purchaser’s option, the manufacturer shall be requested to have factory

acceptance tests (FAT) on the test equipment under delivery in the presence of

the purchaser’s representatives. If any equipment, software or instruments fail

the acceptance tests (given in the approved acceptance tests protocol), the

offered material, software and accessories shall be rejected. The acceptance

tests protocol shall be proposed by the supplier and approved by the purchaser.

13. Name Plate

13.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of each instrument

of the testing equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings, power supply and

technical specifications

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-150

150

14. Packaging and Shipping

14.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

14.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

14.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings

shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust,

dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

14.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

14.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from REB as

applicable.

15. Warranty

15.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant circuit breaker analyzing unit with

SDRM, software program and accessories supplied under this specification to

be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a period of two

(2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in tender

documents. During the period of such warranty, defective items shall be

replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

15.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

16. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

16.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of technical data,

drawings and other documentation with the bid submittal, as follows:

a) Detailed features of: circuit breaker analyzing unit, static and dynamic

resistance measurements application, software program and associated

accessories, cables, transducers, switches and other operating parameters,

essential catalogues, brouchers etc.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-151

151

b) Circuit breaker analyzing unit operating characteristics, front panel knobs

and use of accessories

c) Circuit breaker analyzertesting unit list of items (BOQs).

d) Guaranteed technical parameters

e) Technical description and respective data sheets of items, SDRM, software

and associated accessories contained in the test systems

f) Certified testing and calibration test reports

g) Packaging details

h) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

i) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

j) Statement of country of origin for all items

k) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 certification for the manufacturing plant

l) Copies of type test reports evidencing completion of qualification tests

from an accredited testing laboratory

m) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

n) List of clients in last five years with their respective addresses, which were

supplied Circuit Breaker Analyzer Testing Set with SDRM and essential

accessories

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-152

152

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for

Circuit Breaker Analyzer Testing Set with SDRM and Essential Accessories

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be

rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of

the bid

Sr.

#

Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name

and model number

Phenix Technologies

or equivalent North

American or

European

manufacture

2 Manufacturer

/Supplier address and

contacts

Required

3 Scope 1 Compliance

Required

4 Reference Standards 2 Compliance

Required

5 Experience & Quality

Control

3 Compliance

Required

6 Service Conditions 4 Compliance

Required

7 BREB System

Configuration

5 (sub-

clauses 5.1

& 5.2)

Compliance of

testing set required

8 Performance and

Functional

Specifications

6 (sub-

clauses from

6.1 to 6.9)

Compliance

Required

9 Test Equipment Salient Features– Compliance of clause 6.9 required, as

under:

10 Testing Set Salient

Features

6.9 a SDRM: Static and

dynamic resistance

measurement options

with accessories

6.9 b Built-in coil

measurement and

reading: Presented

in auto-scaled graphs

6.9 c Sequencer for coil

signals: Permit

delays to be

introduced for coil

impulses that differ

relative to each other

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-153

153

6.9 d Three timing

channels: Both main

contacts and pre-

insertion resister

contacts to be timed

on the same channel.

Results shall be

presented both

graphically and

numerically

6.9 e Two galvanically

isolated timing

channels: To be used

for timing of dry or

wet auxiliary

contacts

6.9 f Optional analog

input channel: To

be used for

measuring travel

(motion) or any other

analog voltage

6.9 g USB: Interface for

the PC

6.9 h Printer: Built-in

with 4.5” wide paper

6.9 i Galvanically

isolated sockets: It

shall ensure safe,

reliable

disconnection of

operating coil cables

before working in or

on the breaker

6.9 j Breaker state

indicator: Measures

the state (open or

closed) of the

breaker, where upon

the sequencer sets the

instrument

automatically for the

next sequential

operation

6.9 k Buttons for

sequence: (C, O, C-

O, O-C or O-C-O)

settings and to run a

print out of

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-154

154

measurement results

6.9 l Switch used to set

the breaker: To the

desired state without

activating the

measurement

channels

6.9 m Menu-driven

procedures: Automatically invoke

default settings to

eliminate time

consuming

presetting, all menu

lines associated with

uninstalled optional

equipment hidden to

enhance simplicity

6.9 n Measure Knob: Runs breaker

operation sequence,

measuring and

recording results

6.9 o Auxiliary Buttons: Used for time

channels that

measure timing of

auxiliary contacts.

Contact sensing shall

be selectable

11 Technical Specifications – Compliance of clause 7 required, as under:

12 Main Voltage V, Hz 240V AC, 50 Hz

Power Consumption VA 100 VA (max.)

Display LCD

Language English

Time Measurement:

Measurement time S 1 to 100s

Resolution ms 0.1 to 10ms

Number of Channels 3 with common

ground

Time base inaccuracy 0.05% of the reading

± resolution

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-155

155

Status thresholds:

Closed Ω <10Ω±20%

Resister Ω 10Ω ± 20% to 3kΩ ±

20%

Open k Ω >3kΩ ± 20%

Open circuit voltage V 24V ± 20%

Short circuit current mA 100mA ± 20%

Auxiliary 1& 2:

Number of channels 2, galvanically

isolated

Contact-sensing

(Dry):

Status thresholds:

Closed Ω <600Ω ±30%

Open Ω >600Ω ± 30%

Open circuit voltage V 20V ± 20% DC

Short circuit current mA 25mA ± 20%

Voltage sensing

(Wet):

Status thresholds:

Open indication V < 8V (polarity

insensitive)

Close indication V > 13V AC/DC

Current

measurement:

Range A ± 25A per channel

Resolution mA 25mA

Inaccuracy % 1% of reading

Working voltage V 250V AC/DC

Breaker operation:

Sequences C, O, C-O, O-C, O-

C-O

Continuous current A 5A

Max current A 25A during 300 ms,

rest time 1 min.

Contact function Two independent

control functions

Contact characteristics Non-bouncing,

closing time max. 0.1

ms

Make/Break capacity A, V 25A, 250 V (AC or

DC) per contact

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-156

156

function

Start breaker operation By rotary switch

Pulse length ms Adjustable in steps of

10 ms

Pulse Delay ms Adjustable in steps of

10 ms

Working Voltage V 250V AC/DC

Motion:

No. of channels 1 independent

Max. cable length M 10m (33 ft)

Input:

Range V -4V to +4V

Resolution mV 2mV

Inaccuracy 1% of the

measurement range

Transducer resistance k Ω 1kΩ to 5KΩ

Input impedance k Ω 150kΩ

Output:

Open circuit voltage V 4095 V ± 4mV

Short circuit current mA 115 mA

Printout:

Type of printout Graphic and numeric

Printer Thermal printer with

fixed print head

Graphic resolution dpi 203 dpi

Paper width inch 4.5"

13 Accessories – Compliance of clauses 8.1 to 8.4 required, and of clause 8.4

as under:

14 Manufacturer’s

recommended

Accessories

8.4 a Circuit breaker

analyzing unit

including time

measurement cables,

cable set of

sequencer and

transport case

8.4 b Circuit breaker

analyzing unit with

analog channel and

USB port shall

include “computer-

aided circuit breaker

analysis program

(CABA Win)”, time

measurement cables,

cables sent for

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-157

157

sequencer, transducer

cable and transport

case

8.4 c Circuit breaker

analyzing unit with

SDRM option and

USB port shall

include CABA Win

program, time

measurement cables,

cables set for

sequencer, transducer

cable and transport

case

8.4 d Circuit breaker

analyzing unit with

circuit breaker

analysis software

including USB cable,

with extension cable

8.4 e Transducers-Linear

(as required for

BREB system)

8.4 f Transducer-Rotary

(as required for

BREB system)

8.4 g Transducer mounting

kits (vendor to

provide essential

transducer mounting

kits) Universal kits,

Ready-to-use Kits-

Rotary, Transducer

mounting accessories

(universal support

and switch magnetic

base)

8.4 h Cables: (cable reel

stackable safety

plugs- Black, Red,

Yellow, Green, Blue)

8.4 i Cable Sets: The cable

sets shall consist of 8

cables with clamps

and 4 mm stackable

safety plugs

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-158

158

8.4 j Extension cables

8.4 k Open analog Cable

8.4 l Other items like

voltage divider, ratio

400/1 thermo-paper,

adapters and cable

organizer

15 Operating Manual and

Documentations

10 Required

16 Training to BREB

Staff

11 Required

17 Type tests, testing and

test reports

12 Required

18 Year of manufacture Required

19 Weight of equipment Required

20 Size Required

21 Submittal as per

specification

16 Required

22 Clause by Clause

conformance of this

technical specification

16 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical

specification with the submittal duly signed and stamped.

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

23 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with

date

24 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-159

159

Specification# 23

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Automatic Circuit Recloser Test Set

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the design,

manufacture, test, supply and commissioning of “Auto-Recloser Test Set” for

performing specified tests on 11 and 33 kV Automatic Circuit Reclosers and

Sectionalizers in power distribution system of Bangladesh Rural Electrification

Board (BREB).

1.2 The “Recloser Test Set” means equipment, instruments, accessories, cables,

connectors, probes, sensors, data acquisition software, tests management and

report generation software, operator interface, safety devices etc. which are

essentially required to perform specified tests on 11 kV and 33 kV auto-

reclosers and sectionalizers in BREB medium voltage power distribution system

to fulfill testing requirements of ANSI/IEEE and IEC standards. The test set

shall verify proper operation of recloser and sectionalizer under simulated fault

and overload conditions.

1.3 This specification shall be read in conjunction with the latest BREB standards

on 11 kV and 33 kV auto-reclosers and sectionalizers. This specification shall

also be read in conjunction with the purchase order, contract schedules and

scope of work as applicable.

1.4 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.5 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 Recloser test set shall conform to the latest editions of the standards applicable

to their design, construction, production and testing applications, including but

not limited to those listed below, and their normative references:

a) IEEE Std. C37.100.1992: IEEE Standard definitions for Power

Switchgear

b) IEEE Std. 4: IEEE Standard for High-Voltage Testing Techniques

c) ANSI/IEEE C37.55.2002 (R): MV Metal-Clad Assemblies–

Conformance Test Procedures

d) IEEE C57.13.2-2005: IEEE Standard conformance test procedures for

Instrument Transformers

e) IEEE C37.60-2012: High-voltage switchgear and control-gear–part III:

Automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for alternating current

systems up to 38 kV

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-160

160

f) ANSI/IEEE C37.61 (R): Guide for the application, operation and

maintenance of Automatic Circuit Reclosers

g) IEC 62271-111: High-voltage switchgear and control-gear-Part 111:

Automatic circuit reclosers and fault interrupters for alternating current

systems up to 38 kV

h) IEC 62271-200: High-voltage switchgear and control-gear-Part 200:

AC Metal-Enclosed Switchgear and Control-gear for rated voltages

above 1 kV and up to and including 52 kV

i) IEC 60529: Degree of protection (IP Code)

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 Auto-recloser testing set shall be manufactured at a plant that has fabricated

test equipment of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a period not

less thanten years and that holds ISO:9001-2015 Certification for quality

management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 Auto-recloser testing set shall be suitable for performing tests under the local

service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. System Configuration and Auto-Reclosers in Network

5.1 33 kV auto-reclosers-Class III, with dual time-current capability in BREB

power distribution network have the following system electrical parameters

and ratings:

a) Primary system voltage (U): 33 kV r.m.s (source Δ)

b) System highest voltage (Um): 36kV r.m.s

c) Secondary voltage: 33:11kV/6.35 kV r.m.s (Δ-Y)

d) System frequency (f): 50 Hz

e) 3 Phase short circuit capacity: 31.5kA for 3s

f) BIL: 170kVp

g) Power frequency withstand voltage (rms):

a. Dry, 60s: 70kV

b. Wet, 10s: 60 kV

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-161

161

h) Rated symmetrical interrupting current with asymmetrical relationship

complies as defined in IEEE C37.60/IEC 62271-111:2005-11.

i) Rated symmetrical making current be the same value as the rated

symmetrical interrupting current, with asymmetrical relationship

defined in IEEE C37.60/ IEC 62271-111:2005-11.

5.2 Current ratings and operating sequences of 33 kV three-phase auto-reclosers

(BREB Standards-Class III), Reference: REB standard - Items# H-8200

Through 8.500.

Item # Rated

symmetrical

interrupting

capacity

Phase trip Ground trip

Minimum trip

Amps

variable from

Number of

fast curve

Operations

slow curve

Minimum trip

Amps variable

from

H-7.400 12,000 100 to 400 0 - 4 0 – 4 10 to 400

H-7.630 12,000 100 to 630 0 – 4 0 – 4 10 to 630

H-7.800 16,000 100 to 800 0 – 4 0 – 4 10 to 800

5.3 11 kV auto-reclosers-Class III with dual time-current capability, in BREB

power distribution network have following electrical parameters and ratings:

a) System primary voltage (U): 11kV r.m.s

b) System highest voltage (Um): 12kV r.m.s

c) Nominal voltage-phase to neutral (UO): 6.35kV Grd. Y

d) Secondary voltage: 400/240V, 50 Hz

e) Rated minimum impulse withstand voltage: 110 kVp

f) Power frequency withstand voltage (rms):

a. Dry, 60s: 50kV

b. Wet, 10s: 45 kV

g) Rated symmetrical interrupting current with asymmetrical relationship

complies as defined in IEEE C37.60/ IEC 62271-111:2005-11.

h) Rated symmetrical making current be the same value as the rated

symmetrical interrupting current, with asymmetrical relationship

defined in IEEE C37.60/ IEC 62271-111:2005-11.

5.4 Current ratings and operating sequences of 11 kV three phase auto-reclosers

(BREB Standards-Class III); Reference: REB standard - Items# H-8200

Through 8.500.

Item # Rated

symmetrical

interrupting

capacity

Phase trip Ground trip

Minimum trip

Amps

variable from

Number of

fast curves

Operations

slow curve

Minimum trip

Amps variable

from

H-8.200 12,000 100 to 200 0 - 4 0 – 4 10 to 200

H-8.400 12,000 100 to 400 0 – 4 0 – 4 10 to 400

H-8.500 16,000 100 to 500 0 – 4 0 - 4 10 to 500

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-162

162

6. Performance and Functional Specifications

6.1 The offered auto-recloser test set shall be reliable, cost effective, low

maintenance, high accuracy, calibrated and meet or exceed the requirements of

this specification in all respects. The testing set shall verify proper time-

current operation of automatic circuit reclosers and sectionalizers under

simulated overload and fault conditions.

6.2 The auto-recloser test set shall be self-contained, ensure protection and

coordination. Test set shall have microprocessor-based control and

instrumentation system to ensure user-friendly operations, precise test results

and report generation. The test set shall give high-accuracy measurement of

circuit, full waveform representation, and true RMS value of current pulse.

6.3 The test set shall be capable of testing auto-reclosers and sectionalizers from

different manufacturers/suppliers. Test set shall provide variable high-current

output with an impedance compensation network to stabilize the output

current.

6.4 The auto-recloser test set shall be capable of performing specified tests within

one system to fulfill testing requirements of IEEE and IEC standards.

6.5 The test system shall have computer control fully automated test protocol

using a well-designed sequence with minimal human intervention to avoid

humanly induced errors.

6.6 The offered test system shall contain all essential instruments, associated

accessories, cables, probes, connectors, sensors, extension boxes, safety

devices and interlocks, power supplies (with surge protection), adapters,

operator interface and control desk etc.

7. Tests

7.1 Automatic circuit recloser test set shall be capable of performing tests in

accordance with ANSI C37.60 and IEC62271-111 for:

a) Verification of proper operations of automatic circuit breaker under

simulated fault conditions

b) Re-closing and over-current trip calibration

c) Perform primary injection testing of microprocessor-

based/electronically controlled reclosers

d) Control, secondary wiring and accessory device check tests

7.2 The test set shall be capable of performing following tests:

a) Minimum trip current (TC) sequence of operation: Test shall be

performed to determine minimum operating (pickup) point, and this

test shall be performed by increasing current flow through the

operating coil of auto-recloser until recloser begins to operate. The

microprocessor (computer) shall detect, measure and display the test

current at this point. The pickup to be about two times the current

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-163

163

rating of the coil. The test set shall continue to increase current after

recording the minimum trip current to determine recloser lockout

b) Time-Current characteristics: The test shall determine the operating

characteristics of the auto-recloser under simulated fault conditions.

The time-current characteristics and sequence of events tests shall be

performed by subjecting the recloser to simulated overloads using

recommended test current of four to six times the coil rating. The

current, trip time, and reclosing time for each operation, as well as the

total clearing time shall all automatically be measured and displayed by

the test set on computer screen

c) Sequence of operations: The units shall verify the number and

sequence of operations until lockout. The computer shall display

warning, if too many or too few operations occur

d) Operating time: A digital timer shall measure and display the elapsed

time of each operation

e) Reclosing times: A digital timer shall measure and display the

reclosing interval between each operation

f) Total clearing time: A digital timer shall measure and display the total

elapsed time to lockout

g) Automatic test sequences for sectionalizers: Test set shall be

programmed with number of circuit interruptions the sectionalizer is to

count before it shall operate. During automatic test sequence the

microprocessor shall automatically apply and remove the test current,

thus simulating a recloser’s operation. It shall simultaneously count

and record the number of circuit interruptions seen by sectionalizer

taken to an excess shot to lockout, the display shall indicate excess

shot. The operator shall validate the sectionalizers operations after

correct number of operations

h) Automatic error detection: The microprocessor shall be programmed

to detect and display errors associated with the operation of the test set

i) High capacity outputs: The test set shall have short time over load

capacity

j) Template: Test set shall build a test template library for re-use.

k) Test history: Test set shall store test reports for all reclosers and

sectionalizer testing records and shall maintain history

l) Report and printing: Test set computer can generate test report and

shall have report printing

m) Primary injection: Test set shall perform testing over primary

injection of electronically controlled reclosers. Primary injection shall

test entire system including CTs, control cable, auxiliary solenoid and

wiring connections

8. Functional Features

8.1 The auto-recloser test set shall have following functional features:

a) Preprogrammed test sequences for auto-reclosers and sectionalizers

b) High-capacity outputs to test auto-reclosers

c) Accurate duplication of high-voltage test results

d) Simple operation and precise test results

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-164

164

e) Simplified adjustment of test current

9. Technical Specifications

a) Input voltage: Single phase 240 V (+/-10%), 150A, three phase

230/400 V (+/-10%), 50Hz. Vendor shall specify input voltage

requirements of the offered test set

b) Output Rating: 50 kVA, the output shall be continuously adjustable

through the ranges to meet wide variety of test circuits’ impedances.

Vendor shall specify rated output ranges for the offered model of test

set

c) Duty cycle: Test set shall supply the rated output current indicated

above 30 minutes, followed by 30 minutes off. Vendor shall specify

the duty cycle of the offered test set

d) Impedance Compensation Network: This circuit shall be provided

for use to minimize the change in output current that occurs when the

trip rod travels through the series trip coil of the recloser, causing the

coil impedance to rise appreciably. A reasonable constant output

current shall be provided by inserting resistance in the primary circuit

of the output transformer of the test set. The appropriate impedance

compensation resistance shall be selected by switch mounted on the

front panel.

e) Overload capacity: The overload capacity for testing recloser for

other applications shall be high current for short durations; the test set

shall provide output currents significantly above the nominal current.

f) Timer Measurements: Auto-ranging, solid-state timing system with

digital display shall be incorporated to provide individual indications

of the elapsed time of each sequence of the recloser’s operation.

Operating (trip) times, reclosing intervals and total time lockout shall

be indicated.

Timer Range: Auto ranging: 0-999.9s, 0-9999 cycles

Timer Accuracy: +/- 1 digit or 0.005% of reading, whichever is greater

Cycle Mode: +/- 2 digits or 0.005% of reading, whichever is greater

g) Current Measurements: Microprocessor-based circuit shall

automatically detect, measure and display the minimum pickup current.

Additionally, a solid-state ammeter with digital display shall accurately

measure short-duration currents using a read and store memory circuit.

Ammeter shall measure continuously output current. Current

measurements of each operation of the auto-recloser under test shall be

stored in the microprocessor (computer) until displayed or read.

Ranges (each range shall have over-range capability of 10%): 0 to 19.99 A

Percent Rated Max. On Time Min. Off Time

100% 30 min. 30 min.

200% 75 sec 6 min.

300% 25 sec 4 min.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-165

165

0 to 199.9 A

0 to 1.999 kA

0 to 19.99 kA

h) Overall Metering Accuracy:

Instrument: +/-0.5% of reading +/- 0.1% of full scale +/- last digit

Current Transducer: +/-1% of reading

i) Panel Indicators: Panel lamps shall be incorporated for operator

safety and convenience. The lamps shall indicate conditions such as

power on, output energized, excessive shots and excess time

j) Accessory Outlet: Ground fault protected, 240 V outlet with a

capacity of 1.2 kVA shall be provided

k) Operator Safety Interlock System: A safety interlock shall be

provided in conjunction with foot switch to prevent operator from

leaving the control area of the test set

l) Output connections: Busbar connections shall be provided for high-

current ranges and insulated terminals for HV ranges

m) Protection: Appropriate protective devices shall be incorporated to

protect the test set from overloads, short-circuits and surges

n) Enclosure: The test set shall be housed in single-metal enclosure with

a low center of gravity, tow ring, lifting eyes, and large locking swivel

centers with brakes. To increase the movability all four centers swivel,

the test set shall be located in to fixed positions, when desired. Controls

and instrumentation shall be positioned so the operator can

simultaneously observe the auto-recloser under test.

10. Safety Features

10.1 Appropriate protective devices shall be incorporated to protect the test set.

10.2 Test set shall have the minimum following safety and protection features:

a) Circuit breaker protection

b) Overload and over temperature protection

c) Short-circuit protection

d) Output current indications

e) Output to be terminated, if auto-recloser exceeds the allowed time

to lock-out

f) Emergency off push button

g) Security circuit

h) Thermal overload protection

i) Surge protection

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-166

166

11. Operator Interface

11.1 The computer interface and programmable Time-ON shall be provided with

RS232 and printer with interface port.

11.2 The test set shall have desktop computer and Win recloser test software

included.

12. Accessories

12.1 Input cables, output cables (single and double) of manufacturer recommended

lengths; timer leads and protective cover shall be supplied as part of the test

set.

13. Conflict

13.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standards in their respective offer but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

13.2 Vendor is encouraged to study automatic circuit reclosers in BREB

distribution system and offer compatible test set. However, the offered system

shall fulfill testing requirements of ANSI/IEEE and IEC standards.

14. Operating Manual and Documentation

14.1 The auto-recloser test set shall be provided with a set of service manuals for

operation and maintenance purpose in English language.

14.2 Operating manuals shall also contain:

a) Detailed description of each instrument of the test equipment

b) Detailed description of test sequence and use of software

c) Schematic wiring diagrams

d) Dimensional drawings, size, weight and floor layout plan, where

applicable

15. Installation, Testing and Commissioning

15.1 The supplier shall be responsible for testing, calibration and commissioning of

test set/equipment including programming of the software.

15.2 Upon successful testing and commissioning, the test set/equipment shall be

handed over to BREB nominated representatives in fully functional form.

15.3 The supplier shall provide in advance to BREB for approval: physical

dimensions, weight and input power supply requirements of the offered test set

with the layout plan for fixing auto-recloser test equipment, if applicable.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-167

167

16. Training

16.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians. The

training shall be on the use of the equipment, instruments, connections and

testing and measurements, data acquisition and processing through Windows

based software, recording of test results in accordance with ANSI/IEEE and

IEC standards and generating test reports.

16.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training

and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation.

17. Tests

17.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to

the fact that that type tests have been carried out successfully on all

instruments/components of the test equipment. The manufacturer shall also

provide test certificates for conformance, safety and power source protection

against over voltage and surges. The type test certificates for the equipment

shall be from an independent accredited testing laboratory.

17.2 Routine Tests:

The manufacturer shall subject the equipment and instruments contained in the

auto-recloser testing system, to the specified routine tests at their plant before

offering the material for acceptance tests.

17.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer shall be requested to have factory

acceptance tests (FAT) on the auto-recloser test set under delivery in the

presence of the purchaser’s representatives. If test set or instruments fail the

acceptance tests (given in the BREB approved acceptance testing protocol),

the offered equipment or instruments shall be rejected. The acceptance testing

protocol shall be proposed by the supplier and approved by the purchaser.

18. Name Plate

18.1 The following information shall be given on name plate of the test equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings, power supply and

technical specifications

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-168

168

19. Packaging and Shipping

19.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

19.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

19.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings

shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust,

dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

19.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

19.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

20. Warranty

20.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective items shall be

replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

20.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

21. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

21.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of technical data,

drawings, documentation, catalogues and other information with the bid

submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the auto-recloser test set showing the dimensions and

physical features

b) Layout plan of system and schematic wiring diagram

c) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-169

169

d) Technical data sheets with description of items of test equipment

e) Auto-Recloser Test Set list of items (BOQs)

f) Certified testing and calibration test reports

g) Packaging details

h) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

i) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

j) Statement of country of origin for all items

k) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

l) Copies of type test certificates and reports evidencing completion of

qualification tests from an accredited testing laboratory

m) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

n) List of clients with their respective addresses in last five years, which were

supplied Auto-Recloser Testing Set

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-170

170

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for Automatic Circuit

Recloser Testing Set

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr. # Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name

and model number

Phenix Technologies or

equivalent North

American or European

manufacture

2 Manufacturer/ Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 Scope Clause 1 Compliance Required

4 Reference Standards Clause 2 Compliance Required

5 Experience & Quality

Control

Clause 3 Compliance Required

6 Service Conditions Clause 4 Compliance Required

7 BREB Dist. System

configuration and

Auto-Reclosers in

network

Clause 5.1, 5.2, 5.3

& 5.4

Compliance to REB

system parameters

required

8 Performance &

Functional

Specifications

Clause 6 (sub-

clauses from: 6.1

to 6.6)

Compliance Required

9 Automatic circuit

recloser test set shall be

capable of performing

tests in accordance

with ANSI C37.60 and

IEC62271-111

Clause 7.1 Vendor to comply

parameters:

a) Verification of

proper operations

of automatic circuit

breaker under

simulated fault

conditions

b) Re-closing and

over-current trip

calibration

c) Perform primary

injection testing of

microprocessor-

based/electronically

controlled reclosers

d) Control, secondary

wiring and

accessory device

check tests

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-171

171

10 Test Set to perform

testing

Clause: 7.2 (sub-

clauses a to m)

Compliance required

11 Functional Features Clause 8.1 Vendor to comply

functional parameters:

a) Preprogrammed

test sequences for

auto-reclosers and

sectionalizers

b) High-capacity

outputs to test auto-

reclosers

c) Accurate

duplication of high-

voltage test results

d) Simple operation

and precise test

results

e) Simplified

adjustment of test

current

12 Technical

Specifications

Clause 9 (sub-

clauses a to n)

Vendor to comply

technical specifications

in this clause and/or

specify own parameters

where there is any

deviation

13 Safety and Protection

Features

Clause 10 Vendor to comply

safety parameters:

a) Circuit breaker

protection

b) Overload and over

temperature

protection

c) Short-circuit

protection

d) Output current

indications

e) Output to be

terminated, if auto-

recloser exceeds

the allowed time to

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-172

172

lock-out

f) Emergency off

push button

g) Security circuit

h) Thermal overload

protection

i) Surge protection

14 Operator Interface Clause 11 Compliance required

15 Accessories Clause 12 Input cables, output

cables (single and

double) of

manufacturer’s

recommended lengths;

timer leads and

protective cover of the

test set

16 Operating Manual &

Documentation

Clause 14 Compliance Required

17 Installation, Testing

and Commissioning

Clause 15 Compliance Required

18 Training to BREB

Staff

Clause 16 Compliance Required

19 Type Tests, testing &

submission of test

reports

Clause 17 Compliance Required

20 Year of manufacture Required

21 Weight of Test

Equipment

Kg Required

22 Size cm/Inch/m Required

23 Submittal as per

specification

Clause 21 Required

24 Clause by Clause

conformance of

technical specification

Clause 21 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification with the

submittal duly signed and stamped

b)

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the bidder/vendor/supplier

(add sheet, if necessary

25 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with

date

26 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-173

173

Specification# 25

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Sweep Frequency Response Analyzer (SFRA) Test Set with Accessories

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the design,

manufacture, test and supply of “Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) Test Set” to

Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board (BREB). The instrument is intended for

non-destructive testing and analysis of mechanical failures, deflection and

movement of most active parts of the transformers.

1.2 This specification shall also be read in conjunction with the purchase order,

contract schedules and scope of work as applicable.

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall conform to the latest editions of the

standards applicable to their design, construction, production and testing

applications, including but not limited to those listed below, and their normative

references:

(a) IEC 60076-18: Power transformers - Part 18: Measurement of frequency

response

(b) IEEE C57.149-2012: IEEE Guide for the Application and Interpretation of

Frequency Response Analysis for Oil-Immersed Transformers

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall be manufactured at a plant that has

fabricated test equipment of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a

period not less than ten years and that holds ISO:9001-2015,certification for

quality management.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-174

174

4. Service Conditions

4.1 Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) test set shall be suitable for performing tests

under the local service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Performance and Functional Features

5.1 The offered Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall be reliable, cost

effective, low maintenance, accurate, repeatable measurements, rugged,

suitable for on-site use and meet or exceed the requirements of this

specification in all respects.

5.2 The Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) test set shall detect mechanical

failure or deflection or movement of windings due to short circuits, overload,

overheating, mechanical stresses or internal damage during transportation or

mishandling, detect core movement, transformer winding deformation or

displacement, faulty core grounds, partially collapse windings, hoop buckling,

broken or loose clamping structure, inter-turn short circuits or open windings,

shorted core laminations, bad contacts and similar other faults.

5.3 The Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall perform frequency domain

measurements to reduce maintenance costs, loss of power due to transformer

failure, enhance service life of transformer and prevent expensive equipment

loss by detecting hidden transformer faults through non-intrusive techniques.

5.4 The Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall send excitation signals to

transformer windings through bushing terminals per phase and shall measure

returning signals across a broad frequency range. By comparing response to

baseline and other results, analysis shall be conducted.

5.5 The Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall be providing frequency

response (FR) measurements in the frequency range from 10 Hz to 25 MHz.

5.6 The Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall measure frequency response at

logarithmically spaced intervals of 1.2%.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-175

175

5.7 The Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall auto-scale each frequency

measurement for an overall dynamic range of 80 dB with +/- 1dB accuracy

5.8 The Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall have highest combination of

dynamic range and accuracy available.

5.9 The Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall be user friendly, have robust

test leads and perform tests conforming to IEC and IEEE standards.

5.10 The offered Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall contain all essential

associated accessories, test leads, probes, communication ports and cables,

connectors, test clips, sensors, extension boxes, fuses, safety devices, power

supplies (with surge protection), adapters, operator’s interface and test

management software etc.

6. Specifications

6.1 The test set shall have flowing specifications.

6.2 Excitation Source: a) Channels: 1

b) Frequency range: 10 Hz-25 MHz

c) Output voltage: 20 V peak-to-peak at 50 Ohms

d) Output protection: Short circuit protected

e) Source impedance: 50 Ohm

f) Calibration interval: Vendor to specify for the offered test set

g) Warm up time: Vendor to specify for the offered test set

6.3 Measurement Channels: a) Channels: 2

b) Sampling: Simultaneous

c) Frequency range: 10 Hz to 25 MHz (Default)

d) Maximum sampling rate: 100 ms/s

e) Input Impedance: 50 Ohm

f) Calibration interval: Vendor to specify for the offered test set

g) Diagnostic range: 20Hz to 2 MHz (to cover core and magnetic

properties, winding movement, deflection and deformation,

Interconnections-leads and tap changers etc.)

6.4 Data Collection: a) Test method: Sweep frequency

b) PC Comm.: USB/Ethernet Port/Serial port

c) Frequency range: 10 Hz to 25 MHz

d) Number of points: Vendor to specify for the offered test set

e) Point spacing: 1.2 % logarithmic

f) Dynamic range: >90 dB

g) Repeatability: +/- 1dB to -80 dB

h) IF Bandwidth: 10% of active frequency

6.5 Data Display: a) Scaling: Linear/Log

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-176

176

b) Frequency Range: 10 Hz to 25 MHz (user defined within

frequency range)

c) Plotting: Frequency vs Magnitude/Phase

d) Analysis: Difference, sub-band cross-correlation, comparison with

baseline results

e) Calibration interval: Vendor to specify for the offered test set

6.6 Physical:

a) Vendor to specify physical dimensions and weight of the offered

test set.

b) Power supply: 240 V AC (+/-10%), 50 Hz

7. Safety Features

7.1 Test set shall have the all safety and protection features including surge and

overload protection.

8. Accessories

8.1 The SFRA test set shall include following accessories with connectors ready to

be used:

(a) SFRA test lead 60ft/18m (with end connectors to be connected to

excitation output, reference input and response input terminals)-three leads

in single cable with colored insulation

(b) Ground extensions

(c) Safety ground

(d) Power cord

(e) Communication cables for computer connectivity

(f) Fuses (spare set of fuses to be included)

(g) Test clips suitable for connecting with test leads and transformer bushings

(h) Test management software for managing tests, data management and, for

test report generation and printing

9. Management Software

9.1 Test management software shall be provided with test set, which shall guide

tests proceedings (according to IEC and IEEE standards) and support data

management, data storage in default directory, test report generation and

printing. After taking sweep frequency response from all three phases of

transformer windings, the software shall provide automatic display of response

analysis, comparison results and generate test report.

10. Conflict

10.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standards in their respective offer but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-177

177

11. Operating Manual and Documentation

11.1 The Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) shall be provided with a set of service

manuals for operation and maintenance purpose in English language.

11.2 Operating manuals shall also contain:

a) Detailed description of test set, its application and analysis procedure

b) Detailed description of test sequence and use of software

c) Schematic wiring diagrams

d) Dimensional drawings, size, weight and power supply requirements

12. Testing and Calibration of Test Set

12.1 The supplier shall be responsible for testing and calibration of test set

including programming of the software at BREB approved site.

13. Training

13.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians. The

training shall be on the use of the equipment, connections with transformers,

testing and measurements techniques, data acquisition and processing through

data management software, recording of test results in accordance with IEEE

and IEC standards and generating test reports.

13.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training

and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation.

14. Tests

14.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to

the fact that that type tests have been carried out successfully on test

equipment. The manufacturer shall also provide test certificates for

conformance, safety and power source protection against over voltage and

surges. The type test certificates for the equipment shall be from an

independent accredited testing laboratory.

14.2 Routine Tests:

The manufacturer shall subject the equipment to the specified routine tests at

their plant before offering the material for acceptance tests.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-178

178

14.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer shall be requested to have factory

acceptance tests (FAT) on the test equipment under delivery in the presence of

the purchaser’s representatives. If the offered test set fails the acceptance tests

(given in the BREB approved acceptance testing protocol), the offered

instrument shall be rejected. The acceptance testing protocol shall be proposed

by the supplier and approved by the purchaser.

15. Name Plate

15.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of the testing

equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings, power supply and

technical specifications

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

16. Packaging and Shipping

16.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

16.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

16.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings

shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust,

dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

16.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-179

179

16.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

17. Warranty

17.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective items shall be

replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

17.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

18. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

18.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of technical data,

drawings, documentation, catalogues and other information with the bid

submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the SFRA test set showing the dimensions and

physical features

b) Schematic wiring diagrams

c) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

d) Technical data sheets for instrument and tests management software

e) Sweep Frequency Analyzer (SFRA) Test Set list of items (BOQs)

f) Certified testing and calibration test reports

g) Packaging details

h) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

i) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

j) Statement of country of origin for all items

k) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

l) Copies of type test reports and certificates evidencing completion of

qualification tests from an accredited testing laboratory

m) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

n) List of clients in last five years with their respective addresses, which were

supplied SFRA testing set.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-180

180

Technical Requirement & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for

Sweep Frequency Response Analyzer (SFRA) Testing Set with Accessories

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be

rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of

the bid

Sr. # Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guarantee

d Values

1 Manufacturer name

and model number

Omicron FRANEO

800, Doble M5400

or equivalent North

American or

European

manufacture

2 Manufacturer

/Supplier address

and contacts

Required

3 Scope 1 Compliance required

4 Reference

Standards

2.1 Compliance required

5 Experience and

quality control

3.1 Compliance required

6 Service conditions 4.1 (a to k) Compliance required

7 Performance and

Functional Features

Clause 5

(sub-clauses

5.1 to 5.10)

Vendor to confirm

compliance to

parameters as laid in

Clause 5

8 Technical specification-compliance of clause 6 required as under:

Technical

Specifications

Clause 6.2 Vendor to provide

parameters:

Excitation Source: a) Channels: 1

b) Frequency range:

10 Hz-25 MHz

c) Output voltage:

20 V peak-to-

peak at 50 Ohms

d) Output

protection: Short

circuit protected

e) Source

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-181

181

impedance: 50

Ohm

f) Calibration

interval: Vendor

to specify

g) Warm up time:

Vendor to

specify

Clause 6.3 Vendor to provide

parameters:

Measurement

Channels:

a) Channels: 2

b) Sampling:

Simultaneous

c) Frequency range:

10 Hz to 25 MHz

(Default)

d) Maximum

sampling rate:

100 ms/s

e) Input Impedance:

50 Ohm

f) Calibration

interval: Vendor

to specify for the

offered test set

g) Diagnostic

range: 20Hz to 2

MHz (to cover

core and

magnetic

properties,

winding

movement,

deflection and

deformation,

Interconnections-

leads and tap

changers etc.)

Clause 6.4 Vendor to provide

parameters:

Data Collection:

a) Test method:

Sweep frequency

b) PC Comm.:

USB/Ethernet

Port/Serial port

c) Frequency range:

10 Hz to 25 MHz

d) Number of

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-182

182

points: Vendor to

specify for the

offered test set

e) Point spacing:

1.2 %

logarithmic

f) Dynamic range:

> 90 dB

g) Repeatability: +/-

1dB to -80 dB

h) IF Bandwidth:

10% of active

frequency

Clause 6.5 Vendor to provide

parameters:

Data Display:

a) Scaling:

Linear/Log

b) Frequency

Range: 10 Hz to

25 MHz (user

defined within

frequency range)

c) Plotting:

Frequency vs

Magnitude/Phase

d) Analysis:

Difference, sub-

band cross-

correlation,

comparison with

baseline results

e) Calibration

interval: Vendor

to specify

Clause 6.6 Vendor to provide

parameters:

Physical:

a) Vendor to

specify physical

dimensions and

weight

b) Power supply:

240 V AC (+/-

10%), 50 Hz

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-183

183

9 Accessories Clause 8 SFRA to accompany

with the accessories,

cables etc. (Clause 9:

a to h)

10 Management

Software

Clause 9 Vendor to provide

technical details of

the management

software as per

Clause 9.1

11 Operating manual

and documentation

Clause 11 Compliance required

12 Testing and

calibration of test

set

Clause 12 Compliance required

13 Training to REB

staff

Clause 13 Compliance required

14 Type tests, testing

and test reports

Clause 14 Compliance required

15 Model Required

16 Year of

manufacture

Required

17 Weight of

instrument

Kg Required

18 Size cm/Inch Required

19 Submittal as per

specification

Clause 18 Required

20 Clause by Clause

conformance of

this technical

specification

As per clause 18 required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical

specification with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations (If any)

21 Name & signature

of authorized

representative with

date

22 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-184

184

Specification# 27

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Laboratory Freezer

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the supply of “Laboratory

Freezer” to Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board (BREB).

1.2 The Freezer will be used for keeping test specimens and samples for the specified time

(seconds/minutes/hours) and at specified temperature (Co/F

o) during different testing

procedures in laboratory.

1.3 The Freezer shall meet or exceed the requirements of this specification.

1.4 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the time of

bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.5 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification without

any notice

2. Experience and Quality Control

2.1 The Laboratory Freezer shall be manufactured by a supplier that has an experience of

producing instruments of similar design and characteristics for a period not less than five

years and that holds ISO: 9001-2015 Certification for quality management.

3. Reference Standards

3.1 The laboratory freezer shall conform to the latest editions of the standards applicable to

their construction, safety and performance including but not limited to those, and their

normative references from ASTM, ANSI/IEEE, DIN, ISO, CE Mark, and IEC standards:

(a) ASTM F1604 - 15: Standard specification for Freezers

(b) IEC 60335-2-89:2010: Household and similar electrical appliances

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The laboratory freezer shall be suitable for indoor use under the local service conditions

in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-185

185

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity and

temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Design, Performance and Functional Features

5.1 The laboratory freezer shall be durable, economical, energy efficient, environmentally

friendly, standard modular design, high performance rated refrigeration system suitable

for keeping laboratory testing samples, specimens, reagents and non-critical samples at

specified temperature and time.

a) Design:

a) Size: 20 cubic foot capacity with non-CFC refrigerants

b) Life: ten years product lifetime and is designed to meet the rigorous

requirements of laboratory environment for routine use

c) Configuration: Upright

b) Temperature:

a) Range: From -5 °C to -30°C (programmable) for keeping test specimens

and samples at specified temperature (within this range)

b) Digital thermometer: Freezer to have digital thermometer (with

programmable controller) and indicates inside chamber temperature (oC/

oF)

c) Timer device: A time tracking digital clock (with programmable controller)

for managing time of keeping samples inside freezer

d) Alarm: Audible and visible alarm (linked with timer device)

e) Include: sensors, controllers, probes and adapter etc. (whichever

applicable)

c) Insulation:

a) CFC-free refrigerant and insulation

b) Entire cabinet structure and doors insulated using foamed-in-place 2" CFC-

free polyurethane foam

c) Magnetic snap-in gasket(s)

d) Door gasket removal and installation tool-less

d) Construction:

a) Durable enameled steel interior and exterior

b) Includes 4 fixed shelves (one large shelf to be 2 square foot) and 6 fixed

door shelves

c) Four (4) chrome plated, stainless steel shelf clips to be included for each

shelf

d) Epoxy coated evaporator

e) Large evaporator and coil heater that permits short defrost cycle

f) Defrost system time initiated and temperature terminated

g) Automatic evaporator fan motor delay during defrost cycle

h) Exterior: stainless steel front door and sides

i) Interior: stainless steel sidewalls, back, floor, ceiling and door liner

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-186

186

j) Self-closing doors (gravity cam-lift) with 120-degree stay open feature

k) Wire shelves in stainless steel or PVC coated shelves capable of supporting

evenly distributed weight

l) Spring loaded and self-closing doors

m) Non-corrosive and plasticized fin evaporator coil

n) Easily serviceable and back mounted compressor

o) Completely enclosed, vented and removable case back

p) Automatic electric defrosts

e) Electrical:

a) Main local power supply: 240 V (+/-10%), 50Hz and single phase

b) Watts and current: Vendor to specify

c) Power cord: 10 ft. PVC insulated cord and plug attached

d) Wiring: Completely pre-wired at factory and ready for final connection

e) LED interior lighting

f) Voltage stabilizer (included)

g) Protection: Built-in protection against over and under voltages, surges and

thermal overloads

f) Environment:

a) Material used in construction, fabrication and engineering of Freezer shall

be environmentally friendly

b) Friendly user interface for temperature and time control

6. Specifications

Minimum Technical Specifications

Temperature range -5°C to -30°C

Temperature control Solid State/digital (programmable)

and Touch key-pad

Defrost capability Auto-defrosting

Ambient temperature As specified in this specification

Control sensitivity 0.1°C

Temperature control readout Microprocessor controlled (actual

and set-point values)

Sensor Thermocouple

Controller Microprocessor based PID

controller

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-187

187

Calibration capability Actual and set values

Alarm Audible and visible

Alarm Type Absolute High/Low in 0.1°C

increments

Remote monitoring Vendor to specify

Electrical Single Phase, 240 V (+/- 10%), 50

Hz

Required clearance 4" all sides

Number of shelves 4 fixed shelves-(one large shelf to

be 2 square foot) and 6 fixed door

shelves

Cord length 10' PVC insulated with standard

plug

Crated weight Vendor to specify

6.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value with corresponding

reference standards without effecting the requirements of this specification and

product description.

7. Inspection Certificate and Inspection

7.1 An inspection certificate from the testing laboratory of manufacturer shall be provided

with the submittal to verify conformance to applicable standards, specifications and

calibrations.

7.2 At the purchaser’s option, the supplier shall be requested to have inspection of the

material under delivery in the presence of the purchaser’s representatives to verify

conformance to the technical parameters, specifications and conduct routine

inspection.

8 Marking

8.1 The Freezer shall be marked with the following information:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Technical specifications and standards

c) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

d) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-188

188

9 Operating Manual

9.1 The operating manual or user guide in English language shall be provided with the

equipment and shall have the minimum following information:

a) Allowable ambient temperature range

b) Technical specifications

c) Operating procedure

d) Weight and size of the Freezer

e) Drawing showing the outline of the freezer with interior and exterior

specifications

10 Packaging and Shipping

10.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea transport and handling up to

delivery in Bangladesh

10.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof materials

and packed in sturdy cardboard carton in completely assembled condition. Each box

shall contain equipment and installation instructions.

10.3 The material shall be boxed or otherwise suitably protected against damage or loss

during shipment and to facilitate field hand storage. All openings shall be effectively

sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust, dirt, moisture and other

foreign matter.

10.4 The cover of the main carton shall carry the following information written in English:

h) Equipment and components contained therein

i) Manufacturer’s catalog number

j) Description of the material

k) Manufacturer’s name

l) Purchase order number

m) Gross weight in kg and size

n) Bar coding

10.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

11 Warranty

11.1 The manufacturer / vendor shall warrant the Freezer supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of one (1) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective units shall be

replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-189

189

11.2 If no exceptions are taken to this product description and no list of deviations

is submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered instrument

shall be conforming to this specification and product description. Purchaser’s

interpretation of this specification and product description shall be accepted.

12 Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

12.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide with the bid submittal hard and soft

copies of technical data, catalogue and other information as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the Freezer showing the dimensions and physical

features

b) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

c) Packaging details

d) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

e) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 5 years of manufacturing experience

f) Statement of country of origin for all items

g) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

h) Copies of test reports and certificates evidencing completion of

qualification and conformance tests

i) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

j) List of clients in last five years with their respective addresses, which were

supplied the laboratory freezer

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-190

190

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for

Laboratory Freezer

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be

rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection

of the bid

Sr. # Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer

name and model

number

Required

2 Manufacturer

/Supplier address

and contacts

Required

3 Scope 1 Compliance Required

4 Reference

Standards

2.1 Compliance Required

5 Experience &

Quality Control

3.1 Compliance Required

6 Service

conditions

4.1 Compliance Required

7 Design,

performance &

functional

features

5 Compliance Required

Design Performance & Functional Features - Compliance required

8 Design 5.1 A Compliance of parameters

required

9 Temperature 5.1 B Compliance of parameters

required

10 Insulation 5.1 C Compliance of parameters

required

11 Construction 5.1 D Compliance of parameters

required

12 Electrical 5.1 E Compliance of parameters

required

13 Environment 5.1 F Compliance of parameters

required

Minimum Technical Specifications - Compliance of Technical

Parameters required as given in Clause 6:

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-191

191

14 Temperature

range

6 -5°C to -30°C

15 Temperature

control

6 Solid State/digital

(programmable) and

Touch key-pad

16 Defrost capability 6 Auto-defrosting

17 Ambient

temperature

6 As specified in this

specification

18 Control

sensitivity

6 0.1°C

19 Temperature

control readout

6 Microprocessor controlled

(actual and set-point

values)

20 Sensor 6 Thermocouple

21 Controller 6 Microprocessor based PID

controller

22 Calibration

capability

6 Actual and set values

23 Alarm 6 Audible and visible

24 Alarm Type 6 Absolute High/Low in

0.1°C increments

25 Remote

monitoring

6 Vendor to specify

26 Electrical 6 Single Phase, 240 V (+/-

10%), 50Hz

27 Required

clearance

6 4" all sides

28 Number of

shelves

6 4 fixed shelves

29 Cord length 6 10' PVC insulated with

standard plug

30 Crated weight 6 Vendor to specify

31 Operating Manual 9.1 Required

32 Inspection

Certificate

7.1 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical

specification with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-192

192

33 Name & signature

of authorized

representative

with date

34 Official

Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-193

193

Specification# 28

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

AC Dielectric Testing System

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the design,

manufacture, test and supply “AC Dielectric Testing System” to Bangladesh

Rural Electrification Board (BREB) for testing medium voltage (11/6.75 kV &

33 kV) station and distribution class, light and heavy-duty lightning arresters

and other materials.

1.2 This specification shall also be read in conjunction with the BREB specification

for lightning arresters (Publication: 301A-1997 amended to date), purchase

order, contract schedules and scope of work as applicable.

1.3 Vendor is expected to offer high voltage AC testing system, which shall be

capable of performing specified routine tests on lightning arresters supplied by

different manufacturers like Cooper Power, Hubbell Power System, Inc. in

accordance with IEEE Std. C62.11.

1.4 The AC dielectric testing set shall meet or exceed the requirements of this

specification in all respects.

1.5 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.6 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards:

2.1 AC dielectric testing system shall conform to the latest editions of the standards

applicable to their design, construction, production and testing applications,

including but not limited to those listed below, and their normative references:

(a) ANSI/IEEE C62.2: American National Standard Guide for the application

of valve type surge arresters for alternating-current systems

(b) ANSI/IEEE C62.11: IEEE Standard for metal-oxide surge arresters for

AC power circuits (>1 kV)

(c) ANSI/IEEE C62.1: IEEE Gapped silicon-carbide surge arresters for ac

power circuits

(d) IEEE 4: IEEE Standard for High-Voltage testing techniques

(e) ANSI/IEEE C62.22: American National Standard Guide for the

application of Metal-Oxide surge arresters for alternating-current systems

(f) IEC 60099-4: Metal Oxide surge arresters without gaps for a.c. systems

(g) IEC 60099-5: Selection and application recommendations

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-194

194

(h) IEC 600060: High-voltage test techniques - Part 1: General definitions and

test requirements

(i) IEC TC37-Part-3 (wg-4): Standard specification for metal oxide type

arresters with spark gap

(j) IEC 60168: Tests on indoor and outdoor post insulators of ceramic

material or glass for systems with nominal voltages greater than 1000 V

(k) IEC 60270: High-voltage test techniques - Partial discharge measurements

(l) NEMA LA1: Standard specification for surge arresters

(m) Publication 301A-1997: BREB Standard for lightning arresters for 33 kV

and 11 kV systems

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 AC dielectric testing system shall be manufactured at a plant that has

fabricated such equipment of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a

period not less than ten years and that holds ISO:9001-2015 Certification for

quality management.

4.Service Conditions

4.1 AC dielectric testing system shall be suitable for performing tests in a testing

laboratory under the local service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as

follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. System Parameters

5.1 System parameters of local BREB 33/11kV overhead line power distribution

network are as follows:

a) Primary voltage (U): 33kV r.m.s (source Δ)

b) System highest voltage (Um): 36kV r.m.s

c) Secondary voltage: 33: 11kV/6.35kV r.m.s (Δ-Y)

d) System frequency (f): 50Hz

e) 3 Phase short circuit capacity: 31.5kA for 3s

f) System fault level: 16kA

g) BIL: 200kVp for 33kV and 95kVp for 11kV

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-195

195

5.2 System parameters of BREB local 11kV (phase to phase)/6.35kV (phase to

neutral) overhead line power distribution network are as follows:

a) System primary voltage (U): 11kV r.m.s

b) System highest voltage (Um): 12kV r.m.s

c) Nominal voltage-phase to neutral (UO): 6.35kV Grd. Y

d) System frequency: 50Hz

e) Secondary voltage: 240/400 V, 50Hz

f) System fault level: 13.1kA

g) BIL: 95kVp

5.3 Distribution class lightning arresters intended to be tested for leakage current

and partial discharge (PD) inception voltage tests shall have the following duty

class:

a) Light duty class: 5 kA

b) Heavy duty class: 10 kA

5.4 Lightning arresters in BREB power distribution system have the following

electrical parameters:

6 Performance and Functional Specifications

6.1 The offered AC dielectric testing system and associated accessories shall be

reliable, modular, stand alone, conventional, cost effective, low maintenance,

high accuracy, calibrated, suitable for performing conduction testing on

medium voltage (MV) surge arresters.

6.2 The offered AC dielectric testing system shall be capable of performing tests

in accordance with the IEEE Std. C62.11.

6.3 The AC dielectric testing system shall have the following features:

a) Continuously adjustable output voltage

b) Operate from 10% to 100% of the maximum rated output

c) Adjustable overload from 10% to 110% of the rated current output

d) Backup breaker for overload safety situation

e) Output connected voltmeter and ammeter

f) Zero start interlock, which ensures that the voltage control is at a

minimum before HV energized

g) Rated current available from zero to rated voltage

Rated voltage (rms) 9/9 kV 33/36kV

Max. Continuous operating voltage (MCOV) 7.65kV 29kV

Standard nominal discharge current

(8/20micro-second)

5/10kA 5/10kA

Lightning impulse (8/20micro-second)

maximum residual voltage

35kV 110kV

Lightning impulse voltage withstand level on

the arrester housing

95kV 200kV

Power frequency withstand voltage (Dry) 35kV 95kV

Power frequency withstand voltage (Wet) 30kV 80kV

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-196

196

7 Design Features

7.1 AC dielectric test system shall have the following design features:

a) Input voltage: 400V, single phase, 50Hz

b) Maximum output voltage: 200kV AC

c) Output current: vendor to specify / or 1400 mA

d) Power rating: 200kVA/or vendor to specify

e) Output connection: Epoxy output bushing

f) Metering: Digital, 1% of full-scale accuracy, range 10-100% of system

output

g) Duty cycle: 1 hour On, 1 hour Off 6 time per day/continuous @75%

rated output

h) Control and regulator dimensions: Vendor to specify

i) Overall system weight, size and layout plan: vendor to specify

7.2 AC dielectric test setup shall consist of three main sections:

a) Power regulator section

b) High voltage (HV) transformer section

c) Controls section

7.3 The AC dielectric system shall have the following components:

d) Input circuit breaker

e) HV On/Off contactor

f) Voltage regulator

g) HV transformer

h) Coupling capacitor

i) Double shielded isolation transformer

j) High voltage filter

k) LV Filter

l) Partial discharge detector

m) System controls

7.4 AC dielectric test setup shall be supplied with following standard options:

a) Windows based system controller

b) Partial discharge free AC source

c) Remote PLC controller

d) Data acquisition software

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-197

197

8 Controller and Data Acquisition Software

8.1 The AC dielectric testing system shall have Windows based system controller

software. Programmable logic controller shall be with PC based software to

provide remote control, data acquisition and automation capabilities. The

controller shall have user-friendly operator interface.

8.2 Test results shall be viewed in real time for voltages, current, step, dwell, and

duration data. The software shall collect all saved test results in a database for

easy recall and review. Test results shall be displayed, stored and printed.

9 Safety and Protection Feature

9.1 The AC dielectric testing system shall have built-in safety and protection

features as follows:

a) Main power circuit breaker on regulator cabinet

b) Operator key start

c) Zero start interlock

d) Emergency off mushroom pushbutton

e) Slow and fast acting overload protection

f) Surge protection on all meters and relays

g) Overvoltage and over current controls

h) External interlock protection

i) Controls in metal cabinet with provision for separate ground lead

j) Overload circuit adjustable from 10% to 110% of rated current; includes

indication with reset

10 Accessories, Cables and Additional Items

10.1 The testing system shall be supplied with shielded, multi-conductor control

cable from the regulator to the transformer. System shall include standard

control cable of 20 feet (6m).

10.2 The system shall be supplied with all essential manufacturer recommended

accessories for satisfactory operation of the testing system.

11 Conflict

11.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standard in their respective offer but

without effecting the requirements of this specification. Vendor is encouraged

to study REB requirements before preparing submittal.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-198

198

12 Operating Manual and Documentation

12.1 The AC dielectric test equipment shall be provided with a set of service

manuals for operation and maintenance purpose in English language.

12.2 Operating manuals shall also contain:

a) Detailed description of each instrument of the test equipment

b) Detailed description of test sequence, use of software, recording test results

and test report generation

c) Schematic diagrams

d) Dimensional drawings and floor layout plan

13 Installation, Testing and Commissioning

13.1 The supplier shall be responsible for installation, testing, calibration and

commissioning of AC dielectric testing equipment including programming of

the software at BREB approved site.

13.2 Upon successful testing and commissioning, the test equipment shall be

handed over to the BREB nominated representatives in fully functional form.

13.3 The supplier shall provide in advance to BREB for approval; the physical

layout plans with power input, grounding and shielding requirements for

installation of AC dielectric testing equipment.

14 Training

14.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians. The

training shall be on the use of the equipment, instruments, connections and

measurements, data acquisition and processing through Windows based

software, recording of test results and generating test reports.

14.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom

training and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of equipment

operation.

15 Tests

15.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to

the fact that that type tests have been carried out successfully on all

instruments/components of the AC dielectric testing equipment. The

manufacturer shall also provide test certificates regarding conformance, safety

and power source protection against over voltage and surges. The type test

certificates for the equipment shall be from an independent accredited testing

laboratory.

15.2 Routine Tests:

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-199

199

The manufacturer shall subject the equipment and instruments contained in the

AC dielectric testing system, to the specified routine tests at their plant before

offering the material for acceptance tests.

15.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer shall be requested to have factory

acceptance tests (FAT) on the AC dielectric testing system under delivery in

the presence of the purchaser’s representatives. If any equipment or

instruments fail the acceptance tests (given in the approved acceptance tests

protocol), the offered equipment or instruments shall be rejected. The

acceptance tests protocol shall be proposed by the supplier and approved by

the purchaser.

16 Name Plate

16.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of each instrument

of the testing equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings, power supply and

technical specifications

d) Reference standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

17 Packaging and Shipping

17.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

17.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

17.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings

shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust,

dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

17.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-200

200

g) Bar code

17.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

18 Warranty

18.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective items shall be

replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

18.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

19 Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

19.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide with the bid submittal hard and soft

copies of the AC dielectric testing system technical data, drawings, catalogue

and documentation, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the testing system showing the dimensions and

physical features

b) Layout plan of system, grounding, shielding and schematic wiring diagram

c) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

d) Technical data sheets and description for each instrument contained in the

test systems

e) AC Dielectric Testing System list of items (BOQs)

f) Certified testing and calibration test reports

g) Packaging details

h) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

i) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

j) Statement of country of origin for all items

k) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

l) Copies of type test reports and certificates evidencing completion of

qualification tests from an accredited testing laboratory

m) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

n) List of clients in last five years with their respective addresses, which were

supplied AC Dielectric Testing System

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-201

201

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for AC

Dielectric Testing System

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr.

#

Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name

and model number

Haefely-Hipotronics 700 series or

equivalent North American or

European manufacture

2 Manufacturer /Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 Scope 1 Compliance required

4 Reference Standards 2.1 Compliance required

5 Experience & Quality

Control

3.1 Compliance required

6 Service conditions 4.1 Compliance required

7 BREB system

parameters

5 Compliance required

8 Performance and Functional Specifications- Clause 6 - compliance required

9 AC dielectric testing

system features

6.3 Vendor to confirm technical

parameters:

a) Continuously adjustable

output voltage

b) Operate from 10% to 100% of

the maximum rated output

c) Adjustable overload from 10%

to 110% of the rated current

output

d) Backup breaker for overload

safety situation

e) Output connected voltmeter

and ammeter

f) Zero start interlock, which

ensures that the voltage

control is at a minimum before

HV energized

g) Rated current available from

zero to rated voltage

10 Design Features - Clause 7 - Compliance required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-202

202

11 Design feature of AC

Dielectric testing setup

7.1 Vendor to provide technical data:

a) Input voltage: 400V, single

phase, 50 Hz

b) Maximum output voltage:

200kV AC

c) Output current: vendor to

specify / or 1400 mA

d) Power rating: 200 kVA/or

vendor to specify

e) Output connection: Epoxy

output bushing

f) Metering: Digital, 1% of full

scale accuracy, range 10-

100% of system output

g) Duty cycle: 1 hour On, 1 hour

Off 6 time per day/continuous

@75% rated output

h) Control and regulator

dimensions: Vendor to specify

i) Overall system weight, size

and layout plan: vendor to

specify

12 AC dielectric test setup

main sections

7.2 Vendor to provide technical

parameters of:

a) Power regulator section

b) High voltage (HV)

transformer section

c) Controls section

13 AC dielectric test setup

components

7.3 Vendor to provide technical

parameters of:

a) Input circuit breaker

b) HV On/Off contactor

c) Voltage regulator

d) HV transformer

e) Coupling capacitor

f) Double shielded isolation

transformer

g) High voltage filter

h) LV Filter

i) Partial discharge detector

j) System controls

14 AC dielectric test setup

standard options

required

7.4 Vendor to provide technical

parameters of:

a) Windows based system

controller

b) Partial discharge free AC

source

c) Remote PLC controller

d) Data acquisition software

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-203

203

15 Controller and data

acquisition software

8.1 &

8.2

Compliance required

16 Safety and protection features – Clause 9 -Compliance required

17 Built-in safety and

protection features

9.1 Vendor to confirm provision of:

a) Main power circuit breaker on

regulator cabinet

b) Operator key start

c) Zero start interlock

d) Emergency off mushroom

pushbutton

e) Slow and fast acting overload

protection

f) Surge protection on all meters

and relays

g) Overvoltage, surge and over

current controls

h) External interlock protection

i) Controls in metal cabinet with

provision for separate ground

lead

j) Overload circuit adjustable

from 10% to 110% of rated

current; includes indication

with reset

18 Accessories, cables and

additional items

10.1 &

10.2

Compliance required

19 Operating manual and

documentation

12 Compliance required

20 Installation, Testing

and Commissioning

13 Compliance required

21 Training to REB staff 14.1 &

14.2

Compliance required

22 Type Tests, test reports

and testing

15 Compliance required

23 Submittal and clause

by clause conformance

19 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification

with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the

bidder/vendor/supplier (add sheet, if necessary)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-204

204

24 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with

date

25 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-205

205

Specification# 30

BANGLADESH RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD (BREB)

Technical Specification

Universal Testing Machine

For testing insulators, conductors, wires and overhead line steel hardware items

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the supply of

“Universal Hydraulic Testing Machine” to Bangladesh Rural Electrification

Board (BREB) for conducting acceptance tests.

1.2 The machine shall be capable of performing tests on the samples of

porcelain/polymer insulators, conductors/wires, stay wires and overhead line

steel hardware items supplied by different vendors for use in the power

distribution system of BREB.

1.3 The tests to be performed on tensile testing machine shall be the following:

a) Cantilever failing load (kN) - test on post/pin insulators

b) Electro-mechanical failing load (kN) - test on disc insulators

c) Mechanical failing load (kN) - test on insulators, conductors, wires and

steel hardware items

d) Ultimate tensile strength (UTS) (kN) - test on conductors, wires and

steel hardware items

1.4 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.5 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 The universal hydraulic tensile testing machine shall conform to the latest

editions of the standards applicable to their construction and application

including but not limited to those listed below, and their normative references:

IEC 60168 Tests on indoor and outdoor post insulators of

ceramic material or glass for systems with

nominal voltage greater than 1000V

IEC 60383 Tests on insulators of ceramic material or glass

for overhead lines with a nominal voltage greater

than 1000V.

IEC 60383-1 Insulators for overhead lines with nominal

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-206

206

voltage above 1000V

ANSI C29.1 Test method for electrical power insulators

ANSI C29.2 Wet process porcelain and toughened glass

insulators-suspension type

ANSI C29.3 Wet process porcelain insulators (spool type)

ANSI C29.7 Wet process porcelain insulators (High Voltage

Line-Post type)

ANSI C29.9 Wet process porcelain insulators (Apparatus,

post type)

BS 137 Insulators of ceramic material or glass for

overhead lines with a nominal voltage greater

than 1000V

ASTM-A307 Standard specification for carbon steel bolts and

studs, 60000 PSI tensile strength

ASTM A325 Standard specification for structural bolts, steel,

heat- treated, 120/105 psi minimum tensile

strength

ASTM A325M Standard specification for high strength bolts for

structural steel joints (metric)

ASTM A354 Standard specification for quenched and

tempered alloy steel bolts, studs and other

externally threaded fasteners

ASTM A370 Standard test methods and definitions for

mechanical testing of steel products

ASTM A475 Standard specification for Zinc-Coated steel wire

strand

ASTM A510 Standard specification for general requirements

for wire rods and coarse round wire, carbon

steel

ASTM A563M Standard specification for carbon and alloy steel

nuts (metric)

ASTM A687 Standard specification for high-strength non-

headed steel bolts and studs

ASTM B6 Specification for zinc (slab zinc)

BS 3288 Specification for insulators and conductor

fittings for overhead power lines

ISO 630 Standards for structural steels

3 Experience and Quality Control

3.1 The universal hydraulic testing machine shall be manufactured at a plant that has

fabricated units of similar design and characteristics for a period not less than

five years and that holds ISO: 9001-2015 Certification for the quality

management.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-207

207

4 Service Conditions

4.1 The universal hydraulic testing machine shall be suitable for laboratory operation

under the local service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): less than 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative Humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average Humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

j) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5 Design and Functional Specifications

5.1 The universal hydraulic testing machine shall meet or exceed the requirements of

this specification in all respects and shall have technical functions as given

below:

a) Maximum Force: 600kN

b) Measuring range of force: 6-300-600kN

c) Accuracy of testing force: ±1% of indicated value or better

d) Scales of testing force: 1, 2, 5, 10

e) Accuracy of deformation: 0.5% FS

f) Clamping diameter for round specimen (mm): Suitable for insulators,

conductors, wires & overhead line hardware items (vendor shall specify this

parameter for the offered machine in the technical data sheet)

g) Clamping thickness of flat specimen (mm): 0-30 mm (vendor shall specify

this parameter for the offered machine in the technical data sheet)

h) Maximum clamping thickness of flat specimen (mm): 70/75mm (vendor

shall specify this parameter for the offered machine in the technical data

sheet)

i) Testing space (mm): vendor shall specify this parameter for the offered

machine in the technical data sheet

j) Tension compression (mm): vendor shall specify this parameter for the

offered machine in the technical data sheet

k) Compression Plate (mm): vendor shall specify this parameter for the offered

machine in the technical data sheet

l) Piston stroke: vendor shall specify this parameter for the offered machine in

the technical data sheet

m) Distance of bending support: vendor shall specify this parameter for the

offered machine in the technical data sheet

n) Power supply: 240/415 V, 50Hz

o) Working environment: As per clause 4 of this specification

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-208

208

5.2 The testing machine shall be computer display hydraulic universal testing

machine. The hydraulic sensor shall be long-life and rugged.

5.3 The machine shall be able to perform the following testing:

a) Cantilever failing strength (kN) on pin, post and spool insulators

b) Mechanical and electro-mechanical failing load (kN) on disc insulators

c) Ultimate tensile strength (UTS) on conductors, wires and overhead line steel

hardware and other similar items

5.4 Combined electro-mechanical failing strength test for insulators shall be

performed on the machine for ascertaining the quality of disc insulators during

which specified voltage (kV) shall be applied to both ends of the disc insulators

and simultaneously specified mechanical tensile load (kN) shall be applied to the

sample insulators.

5.5 Combined electro-mechanical failing strength test on insulators shall be

performed in accordance with IEC 60383-1 (clause 3.10), ANSI/IEEE Standards

(refer to clause 2 of this specification).

5.6 An HV generator set (Hi-Pot test set - 70kV) shall be inclusive, and shall be

supplied by the Bidder with the UTM, for performing combined electro-

mechanical (EM) failing lad test. HV generator shall consist of a Hi Pot test unit,

with a continuously variable output up to 70kV AC to apply the specified

potential between metallic part of the sample insulator under test (on one side)

and the grounded part (on the opposite side). HV generator shall be supplied with

necessary control panel to regulate time and applied kV to the sample under test.

5.7 The Hi-Pot test set shall be supplied with appropriate leads and safety equipment

for satisfactory performance of the test.

5.8 All set of required mechanical and electrical attachments for mechanical and

electro-mechanical testing such as leads, safety barriers and insulating tension

links, among others items are inclusive and shall be supplied by the Bidder with

the UTM.

5.9 The machine shall be supplied with all necessary mechanical attachments and

accessories (for samples of insulators, conductors/wires and steel hardware),

jaws/accessories (to hold the sample under test), sensors, monitoring or

controlling devices and with graphic display and taking print out facility of the

test results.

5.10 The machine shall have built-in design to perform testing of porcelain /

polymeric insulators type:

a) Low voltage spool insulators

b) 11 & 33 kV line post insulators

c) 11 & 33 kV suspension (Disc) insulators

d) 11 & 33 kV stand-off post insulators

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-209

209

5.11 The tensile testing machine shall combine the specified tensile and cantilever

testing functions into one machine and shall contain all necessary accessories,

sensors andtest performance software and graphic display.

5.12 The testing machine shall be controlled by computer software. The data shall be

stored in the memory of computer and software shall be flexible to produce

project wise test reports with graphic display. The software shall be windows-

based operating system and user friendly.

5.13 Universal testing machine shall have built-in overload and electrical surge

protection.

5.14 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value with

corresponding reference standards without effecting the requirements of this

specification.

6 Control Panel

6.1 The tensile testing machine shall be controlled by computer software.

6.2 The testing strength, time and testing procedure shall be controlled to conform

testing procedure and acceptance criteria as given in the ANSI/IEC standards for

insulators and ASTM standards for conductors/wires and hardware.

7 Installation, Testing and Commissioning

7.1 The supplier shall be responsible for installation, testing, calibration and

commissioning of the testing machine including operating software at BREB

approved site.

7.2 Upon successful testing and commissioning, the testing machine shall be handed

over to the BREB nominated representatives in fully functional form. The

supplier shall provide in advance the physical layout plan and civil

works/foundation drawings for installation of testing equipment to BREB for

approval.

8 Operating Manual

8.1 The tensile testing machine shall be provided with detailed operating manual and

user’s guide containing technical specifications, safety warnings, important data

and operating procedure in English language.

9 Training and Safe Use

9.1 The supplier shall conduct training sessions to REB engineers and technicians on

the use of the universal testing machine. User shall be given training on safe

operation of the machine, taking measurements and use of software, data transfer

including other functions and features.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-210

210

9.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training and

hands-on experience and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation.

10 Tests

10.1 The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to the

fact that conformance tests have been performed successfully on the test

equipment.

10.2 Acceptance Tests: Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the

manufacturer, and at the purchaser’s option, the manufacturer may be requested

to repeat routine acceptance tests on unit under delivery in the presence of the

purchaser. The vendor shall demonstrate to the purchaser the testing on

insulators, conductors/wires and steel hardware samples and ensure suitability of

the attachments, accessories and computer software. If unit fails the acceptance

tests (proposed by vendor and approved by BREB), the offered machine shall be

rejected.

11 Name Plate

11.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of the universal

testing machine:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Maximum tensile load

d) Maximum cantilever load

e) Valid range of strength measured

f) Accuracy of strength measured

g) Testing speed

h) Accuracy of deformation measurement

i) Accuracy of displacement measurement

j) Valid space of tension

k) Valid space of compression

l) Manufacturer logo

m) Weight and size of equipment

n) Drawing showing the outline of the equipment with main body dimensions

o) Power, voltage and frequency

12 Packaging and Shipping

12.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea transport and handling

up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

12.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy arrangement in completely assembled condition.

Each crate shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-211

211

12.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate field hand storage. All

openings shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of

dust, dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

12.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test equipment contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

12.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB, as

applicable.

13 Warranty

13.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective units shall be

repaired or replaced at manufacturer /vendor cost.

13.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test equipment

conforms to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification

shall be accepted.

14 Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

14.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of the technical

data, catalogues and information with the bid submittal, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the universal hydraulic tensile testing machine showing

the dimensions, physical features, attachment and accessories

b) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

c) Universal Hydraulic Testing Machine; list of items (BOQs)

d) Certified calibration test reports

e) Packaging details

f) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty.

g) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 5 years of experience in manufacturing

h) Statement of country of origin

i) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

j) Copies of test certificates evidencing completion of qualification tests

k) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list and

explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these specifications

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-212

212

l) List of clients in last five years with their respective addresses, which were

supplied universal hydraulic testing machine

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-213

213

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for

Universal Hydraulic Testing Machine for testing Electrical Insulators, Conductors,

Wires and Steel Hardware for Overhead Power Distribution Lines

To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr. # Description Unit/

Clause

REB

Requirement

Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name and

model number

Laryee-WEW600

or equivalent North

American or

European

manufacture

2 Manufacturer/Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 Reference Standards Clause 2 Compliance

required

4 Experience and Quality

Control

Clause 3 Compliance

required

5 Service Conditions

Clause 4 Compliance

required

6 Ultimate tensile test on

conductor/wires and steel

hardware samples

Required Compliance

required

7 Electromechanical failing

load test on insulators

Required Compliance

required

8 Cantilever failing load test

on insulators

Required Compliance

required

9 Design and Functional

Specifications

Clause 5 Compliance

required

10 Specifications – Compliance required as under:

11

Compliance of clause 5

required

Clause 5

Maximum Force:

600kN

Measuring range of

force (kN): 6-300-

600kN

Accuracy of testing

force: +/-1% of

indicated value or

better

Scales of testing

force: 1,2,5,10

Accuracy of

strength

measurement: 1%

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-214

214

or better

Accuracy of

deformation: 0.5%

FS

Clamping diameter

for round specimen

(mm): Suitable for

insulators,

conductors &

overhead line

hardware items

(vendor to specify)

Clamping

thickness of flat

specimen (mm): 0-

30 mm/vendor to

specify

Maximum

clamping thickness

of flat specimen

(mm): 70/75mm

/vendor to specify

Testing space

(mm): vendor to

specify for the

offered machine

Tension

compression (mm):

vendor to specify

for the offered

machine

Piston stroke:

Distance of

bending support

Power supply:

240/415 V, 50Hz

12 Operating manual Clause 6 Required

13 Control Panel/software Clause 7 Required

14 Installation, Testing &

commissioning

Clause 8 Required

15 Training to BREB staff Clause 9 Required

16 Year of manufacture 11 Required

17 Test reports and testing Clause 10 Required

18 Weight of machine Kg Required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-215

215

19 Dimensions (L x W x H) cm/Inch Required

20 Submittal as per

specification

14 Required

21 Clause by Clause

conformance

14 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification

with the submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations (If any)

22 Name & signature of

authorized representative

with date

23 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-216

216

Specification# 31

BANGLADESH RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD (BREB)

AC Dielectric Testing System/Hi-Pot Testing System

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the design,

manufacture, testing and supply “AC Dielectric Testing System/Hi-Pot Testing

System” to Bangladesh Rural Electrification Board (BREB) for performing Hi-

pot testing on wide range of power distribution system electrical materials.

1.2 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.3 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards:

2.1 AC dielectric testing system shall conform to the latest editions of the

standards applicable to their design, construction, production and testing

applications, including but not limited to those listed below, and their

normative references:

(a) IEC 60060: High-voltage test techniques - (Part 1, Part 2 & Part 3):

General definitions and test techniques

(b) IEC 61180 High-voltage test techniques for low-voltage equipment -

Definitions, test and procedures requirements, test equipment

(c) IEC 60052 Recommendations for voltage measurement by means of

standard air gaps

(d) IEC 62475 High - current test techniques – definitions and requirements

for test currents and measuring systems

(e) IEC 60270 High voltage test techniques - Partial discharge measurements

(f) ANSI/IEEE C62.2: American National Standard Guide for the application

of valve type surge arresters for alternating-current systems

(g) ANSI/IEEE C62.11: IEEE Standard for metal-oxide surge arresters for

AC power circuits (>1 kV)

(h) ANSI/IEEE C62.1: IEEE Gapped silicon-carbide surge arresters for ac

power circuits

(i) IEEE 4: IEEE Standard for High-Voltage testing techniques

(j) ANSI/IEEE C62.22: American National Standard Guide for the

application of Metal-Oxide surge arresters for alternating-current systems

(k) IEC 60168: Tests on indoor and outdoor post insulators of ceramic

material or glass for systems with nominal voltages greater than 1000 V

(l) IEC 60502-1 Cables for rated voltages of 1 kV and 3 kV

(m) IEC 60502-2 Power Cables and extruded insulation and their accessories

for rated voltages from 1kV up to 30kV

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-217

217

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 AC dielectric testing system shall be manufactured at a plant that has

fabricated equipment of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a period

not less than ten years and holds ISO: 9001-2015 Certification for quality

management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 AC dielectric testing system shall be suitable for performing tests in a testing

laboratory environment under the local service conditions in Bangladesh,

which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): Less than 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

l)

5. Performance and Functional Specifications

5.1 The offered AC dielectric testing system/Hi-Pot testing system and associated

accessories shall be reliable, modular, stand alone, light weight, rugged, cost

effective, low maintenance, high accuracy, calibrated, suitable for performing

high-pot AC dielectric testing of wide range of distribution class materials and

electrical equipment in a laboratory environment.

5.2 AC high voltage dielectric testing system shall be suitable for laboratory

operations. It shall have control unit, power regulator unit and a separate high

voltage section.

5.3 The AC dielectric testing system shall have the following features:

a) Continuously adjustable output voltage up to 200kV

b) System shall have advanced digital instrumentation/multi-range

metering, control and protection devices for satisfactory operations

c) Low partial discharge output

d) Backup breaker for overload and safety protection

e) External interlock provision

f) High voltage On/Off pushbuttons with indicator

g) Zero start interlock, which ensures that the voltage control is at a

minimum before HV is energized

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-218

218

h) Adjustable overload circuit

i) Slow and fast-acting transient protection on all meters and relays

j) Audible alarms and emergency Off pushbutton with key lockout

k) Output overload indicator with reset switch

5.4 The AC dielectric testing system shall allow accurate measurements of the

high voltage test sample leakage current bypassing stray capacitive currents.

5.5 The high voltage section shall have specially designed oil insulated high

voltage transformer characterized by use of an isolating cylindrical housing

mounted on a rugged steel base.

5.6 The high voltage output shall be equipped with a corona free aluminum

shielding electrode.

5.7 The high voltage AC dielectric testing system shall include all power and

interconnect cables, control cables and necessary supplies needed to operate

the system.

6 Design Features

6.1 AC dielectric test system shall have the minimum the following design

features:

a) Input voltage: 220/415V, 50Hz

b) Output voltage: 0-200kV AC

c) Output: HV Electrode

d) Voltmeter range: 0-100-200kV

e) Current range: vendor to specify for the offered unit

f) PD level: less than 10pC and less than 3pC up to 100kV

g) Output current: vendor to specify for the offered unit

h) Power rating: vendor to specify

i) Output connection: Epoxy output bushing

j) Metering accuracy: 0.8% Reading + 0.2% full scale

k) Duty cycle: Vendor to specify for the offered unit

l) Control and regulator dimensions: Vendor to specify for the offered

testing units

m) Overall system weight, size and layout plan: vendor to specify with the

submittal

n) Power and control cables: vendor to specify details and length

o) Cable storage provision to be provided

p) Instruments mounting trolleys to be provided with the equipment

6.2 AC dielectric test setup shall consist of three main sections:

a) Power regulator section

b) High voltage (HV) transformer section

c) Controls section

7 Safety and Protection Features

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-219

219

7.1 The AC dielectric testing system shall have built-in safety and protection

features as follows:

a) Main power circuit breaker on regulator cabinet

b) Operator key start

c) Zero start interlock

d) Emergency off mushroom pushbutton

e) Slow and fast acting overload protection

f) Surge protection on all meters and relays

g) Overvoltage and over current controls

h) External interlock protection

i) Controls in metal cabinet with provision for separate ground lead

j) Overload circuit adjustable from 10% to 110% of rated current; includes

indication with reset

8 Accessories, Cables and Additional Items

8.1 The testing system shall be supplied with shielded, multi-conductor control

cable from the regulator to the transformer.

8.2 The testing system shall be supplied with all essential manufacturer

recommended control cables, power cables and accessories for satisfactory

operation of the testing units.

9 Conflict

9.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standard in their respective offer but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

9.2 Vendor is encouraged to study BREB laboratory-facility requirements before

preparing the submittal.

10 Operating Manual and Documentation

10.1 The AC dielectric test equipment shall be provided with a set of service

manuals for operation and maintenance purpose in English language.

10.2 Operating manuals shall also contain:

a) Detailed description of each instrument of the test system

b) Detailed description of test sequence, use of software, recording test

results and test report generation

c) Schematic diagrams

d) Dimensional drawings, weight, floor layout plan and power supply

requirements

11 Installation, Testing and Commissioning

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-220

220

11.1 The supplier shall be responsible for site visit, installation, cabling, testing,

calibration and commissioning of AC dielectric testing system including

programming of the software (if applicable) at the BREB approved site.

11.2 Upon successful testing and commissioning, the test equipment shall be

handed over to the BREB nominated representatives in fully functional form.

11.3 The supplier shall provide in advance to BREB for approval; the physical

layout plans with power supply, grounding, shielding, cabling and other

requirements before installation of AC dielectric testing equipment for review

and approval.

12 Training

12.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians. The

training shall be on the use of the equipment, instruments, connections and

measurements, data acquisition and processing through Windows based

software, recording of test results and generating test reports.

12.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training

and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation

and maintenance.

13 Tests

13.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to

the fact that type tests have been carried out successfully on all

instruments/components of the AC dielectric testing system. The manufacturer

shall also provide test certificates regarding conformance, safety and power

source protection against over voltage and surges. The type test certificates for

the equipment shall be from an independent accredited testing laboratory.

13.2 Routine Tests:

The manufacturer shall subject the equipment and instruments contained in the

AC dielectric testing system, to the specified routine tests at their plant before

offering the material for acceptance tests.

13.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

Purchaser’s option, the manufacturer shall be requested to have factory

acceptance tests (FAT) on the AC dielectric testing system under delivery in

the presence of the purchaser’s representatives. If any equipment or

instruments fail the acceptance tests (given in the approved acceptance tests

protocol), the offered equipment or instruments shall be rejected. The

acceptance tests protocol shall be proposed by the supplier and approved by

the purchaser.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-221

221

14 Name Plate

14.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of each instrument

of the testing equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings, power supply and

technical specifications

d) Reference standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

15 Packaging and Shipping

15.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

15.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

15.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings

shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust,

dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

15.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test units/instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

15.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

16 Warranty

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-222

222

16.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant test equipment supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for a

period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise specified in

tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective items shall be

replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

16.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

17 Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

17.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide with the bid submittal hard and soft

copies of the AC dielectric testing system technical data, drawings, catalogues

and documentation, as follows:

a) Outline drawings of the testing systemshowing the dimensions and

physical features

b) Layout plan of system, grounding, shielding requirements and schematic

wiring diagram

c) Guaranteed technical parameters schedule

d) Technical data sheets and description for each instrument/unit contained in

the test systems

e) AC Dielectric Testing System/Hi-Pot Testing System; list of items (BOQs)

f) Certified testing and calibration test reports

g) Packaging details

h) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

i) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

j) Statement of country of origin for all items

k) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

l) Copies of type test reports and certificates evidencing completion of

qualification tests from an accredited testing laboratory

m) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

n) List of clients in last five years with their respective addresses, that were

supplied AC Dielectric/Hi-pot Testing System

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-223

223

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for AC

Dielectric/Hi-Pot Testing System

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected.

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid.

Sr. # Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name and

model number

Phenix Technologies or

equivalent North American or

European manufacture

2 Manufacturer /Supplier

address and contacts

Vendor to provide

3 Scope

1 Compliance required

4 Reference Standards 2.1 Confirmation required that the

offered testing system comply

with IEC and IEEE/ANSI

standards for testing electrical

equipment

5 Experience and Quality

Control

3.1 Compliance required

6 Service conditions

4.1 Compliance required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-224

224

7

Performance and

Functional features of the

AC Dielectric testing

system

5.0

Vendor to provide:

Continuously adjustable

output voltage from 0 to

200kV

System shall have advanced

digital

instrumentation/multi-range

metering, control and

protection

Low partial discharge

output

Backup breaker for

overload and safety

protection

External interlock provision

High voltage ON/OFF push

buttons with indicator

Zero start interlock, which

ensures that the voltage

control is at a minimum

before HV energized

Adjustable overload circuit

Slow and fast-acting

transient protection on all

meters and relays

Output overload indicator

with reset switch

Audible alarms and

emergency Off pushbutton

with key lockout

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-225

225

8

Design features of AC

dielectric test system

6.1

Vendor to provide:

Input voltage: 220/415V,

50Hz (confirmation)

Output voltage: 0-200kV

AC

Output: HV Electrode

Voltmeter range: 0-100-

200kV

Current range: vendor to

specify

PD level: less than 10pC

and less than 3pC up to

100kV

Output current: vendor to

specify

Power rating: vendor to

specify

Output connection: Epoxy

output bushing

Metering accuracy: 0.8%

Reading + 0.2% full scale

Duty cycle: Vendor to

specify for the offered unit

Control and regulator

dimensions: Vendor to

specify

Overall system weight, size

and layout plan: vendor to

specify

Power and control cables:

vendor to specify details

Cable storage provision: To

be provided

Instrument mounting

trolley: required

9

AC dielectric test system

main units

6.2

Vendor to provide units:

Power regulator

High voltage (HV)

transformer

Controls and measurements

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-226

226

10

Safety and Protection

features

9.1

Vendor to confirm provision

of:

Main power circuit breaker

on regulator cabinet

Operator key start

Zero start interlock

Emergency off mushroom

pushbutton

Slow and fast acting

overload protection

Surge protection on all

meters and relays

Overvoltage and over

current controls

External interlock

protection

Controls in metal cabinet

with provision for separate

ground lead

Overload circuit adjustable

from 10% to 110% of rated

current; includes indication

with reset

11 Accessories, control and

power cables and

additional items

8 Compliance required

12 Operating manual and

documentation

10 Compliance required

13 Installation, cabling,

grounding, shielding,

testing and commissioning

11 Compliance required

14 Training to REB staff 12 Compliance required

15 Type tests, test reports and

testing

13 Compliance required

16 Submittal and clause by

clause conformance

17 Required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-227

227

Note:

Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification with the

submittal duly signed and stamped

List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the bidder/vendor (add sheet, if

necessary)

17 Name & signature of

authorized representative

with date

18 Official seal/stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-228

228

Specification# 32

BANGLADESH RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD (BREB)

High Current Testing System

Technical Specification

1. Scope:

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the design,

testing and supply of a “High Current Testing System/Set” to Bangladesh

Rural Electrification Board (BREB) for use in a laboratory testing facility.

1.2 The High Current Testing System or set shall be used to test 11kV and 33kV

Drop-Out Fuse Cut-outs, Fuse links, low voltage molded case or metal clad

direct acting AC circuit breakers by simulating overload and fault conditions,

current transformers, thermal or magnetic overload relays, configured and

used for substation maintenance with primary injection testing on high

voltage circuit breaker and protective relays.

1.3 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at

the time of bidding under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.4 This specification is property of BREB and subject to change or modification

without any notice.

2. Reference Standards

2.1 The High Current Testing System shall conform to the latest editions of the

standards applicable to their design, construction, production and testing

applications including but not limited to those listed below, and their

normative references:

a) IEEE C37.04-1999 (R2006): IEEE Standard Rating Structure for AC

High- Voltage Circuit Breakers, and Addendums

b) IEEE C37.06-2009 (R2000): IEEE Standard for AC High-Voltage Circuit

Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, amended to date

c) IEEE C37.09-1999 (R2007): IEEE Standard Test Procedure for AC High-

Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis, and

Addendums

d) ANSI C37.54-2002 (R2010): American National Standard for Indoor

Alternating Current High-Voltage Circuit Breakers Applied as Removable

Elements in Metal-Enclosed Switchgear-Conformance Test Procedures

e) ANSI C37.42 Specification for distribution cutouts and fuse links

f) ANSI C 37.41 Design tests for high voltage fuses, distribution including

air switches, fuse disconnecting switches and accessories

g) ANSI/IEEE C62.11: IEEE Standard for metal-oxide surge arresters for AC

power circuits (>1 kV)

h) ANSI/IEEE C62.1: IEEE Gapped silicon-carbide surge arresters for ac

power circuits

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-229

229

i) IEEE 4: IEEE Standard for High-Voltage testing techniques

j) IEC 60060: High-voltage test techniques - (Part 1, Part 2 & Part 3):

General definitions and test techniques

k) IEC 61180 High-voltage test techniques for low-voltage equipment -

Definitions, test and procedures requirements, test equipment

l) IEC 62475 High - current test techniques – definitions and requirements

for test currents and measuring systems

m) IEC 62271-102:2001 High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 102:

Alternating current disconnectors and earthing switches

n) IEC 60282-2 High Voltage Fuses Part-2: Expulsion and similar materials

o) NEMA S.G 2 High Voltage Fuses

3. Experience and Quality Control

3.1 The High Current Testing System and associated accessories shall be

manufactured at a plant that has fabricated such instruments and associated

software of similar ratings, design and characteristics for a period not less than

ten years and that holds ISO: 9001-2015 Certification, for quality

management.

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The High Current Testing System and associated accessories shall be suitable

for performing tests under the local service conditions in Bangladesh, which

are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): Less than 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-230

230

5. Performance and Functional Specifications

5.1 The high current testing system (100kA), shall be reliable, cost effective, low

maintenance-rugged, high accuracy, calibrated, fully automated testing,

precise, current wave display and meet or exceed the requirements of this

specification in all respects.

5.2 The high current testing system shall perform testing by simulating an

overload or fault condition. The test set shall be an integrated test system that

shall provide a variable, high-current output. The test set shall incorporate all

control circuitry and instrumentation necessary to test circuit breakers,

expulsion type drop-out fuse cutouts accurately, efficiently and safely. The

transformer and circuit design shall result in a high-capacity test set in a

compact size. Advanced digital control and instrumentation shall provide exact

testing capacity.

5.3 The testing set shall be able to test the following distribution class MV drop-

out fuse-cutouts:

a) 11kV - 100A & 200A continuous current rating and rated interrupting

capacity of 8 kA symmetrical RMS (minimum)

b) 33kV - 100A & 200A continuous current rating and rated interrupting

capacity of 8 kA symmetrical RMS (minimum)

c) The testing set shall perform the following tests on MV drop-out fuse-

cutouts:

a) Current rating test

b) Interrupting capacity tests-IEC 60282-2, Clause 13

c) Temperature rise test IEC 60282-2, Clause 12

5.4 The testing set shall have design features to test wire expulsion fuse links

removable button head type K as per IEC 60282-2 and NEMA-SG2 of current

ratings as given below:

a) 12 kV (maximum system voltage) - Fuse current rating (Ampere)

3, 6, 10, 15, 20, 30

b) 36 kV (maximum system voltage) - Fuse current rating (Ampere)

3, 6, 10, 15, 20

5.5 The testing set shall have design features to perform the following tests on K

type fuse links:

a) Breaking capacity tests

b) temperature rise test

c) tests for time/current characteristics

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-231

231

5.6 The offered test systems shall contain all essential metering, instruments,

associated accessories, cables, probes, connectors, sensors, extension cables,

cable reels, operating software and display.

5.7 The testing system shall have the following features, but not limited to those

listed below:

h) Highly reliable SCR's (Silicon-Controlled Rectifier) combined with

programmable phase angle firing system

i) Continuously variable output over entire test range utilizing a

motorized Vernier and programmable tap selector allowing for both

auto-jog and current-hold capabilities

j) Sensing circuit selectable between current or contacts

k) Digital AC voltmeter for monitoring input, output, and external voltage

up to 600 Volts AC

5.8 The high current testing system shall have programmable phase-angle firing

feature, which shall enable precisely repeatable current pulses with minimal

distortion and DC offset, which shall be achieved by combining the use of

highly reliable SCR's (Silicon-Controlled Rectifier) and computer control

firing system.

5.9 The high current testing system shall have wave form display. This feature

shall allow for viewing of the current waveform injected through the breaker.

Detection of DC offset component or contact bounce shall be seen. The feature

shall allow the use of programmable phase angle firing circuit, and DC offset

component shall be corrected by varying the firing angle.

5.10 The high current testing system shall have user-friendly menu driven

commands for database and report generation and current wave-shape display.

The report shall be printed on an external printer, which shall be provided as

part of the system.

6. Design Features

6.1 The high current test system-100kA, shall have the design features, but not

limited to those listed below:

a) Input voltage: 240/415V, 50Hz

b) Number of taps: Vendor to specify for the offered unit

c) Output open circuit voltages (parallel and series): Vendor to specify

for the offered unit

d) Output current range: 100kA

e) Power rating: Vendor to specify

f) Output connections: Vendor to specify

g) Metering accuracy: 0.8% Reading + 0.2% full scale

h) Duty cycle: Vendor to specify for the offered unit

i) Regulator, Control and Transformer dimensions: Vendor to specify for

the offered testing units

j) Overall system weight, size and layout plan: vendor to provide with the

submittal

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-232

232

k) Power and control cables, output leads, continuity sensor/auxiliary

contact leads: Vendor to specify details and length

l) Cable storage provision: Vendor to be provide

m) Instruments mounting trolleys: To be provided with the equipment

6.2 Vendor shall provide testing modes of the "High Current Test System" in the

bid submittal for review.

6.3 The output of the test set shall be adjustable from zero to the maximum current

available through the impedanceof the device under test.

6.4 Two output ranges shall be provided to accommodate a variety of load circuit

impedances.

6.5 The maximum current available from the test set shall be primarily based on

the impedance of the load circuit. The duration of the available current shall be

based on thermal conditions within the test set.

7. Instrumentation and Metering:

Certified calibrated instruments and metering shall be as follows:

7.1 Digital Ammeter

a) Operating Mode: MemoryContinuous

b) Digital Display: Vendor to specify for the offered unit

c) Ranges: 200/2000/20,000/200,000 A (or vendor to specify)

d) Overall Ammeter System Accuracy: Continuous ±1% of reading or

better

e) Peak Pulse ±2% of reading

f) RMS Pulse ±1.5% of reading

7.2 Digital Timer

a) Digital Display: Vendor to specify

b) Ranges: 0.0001 to 99999 seconds, 0.0001 to 99999 cycles

c) Accuracy: ±1% of reading or better

7.3 Digital Voltmeter

a) Operating Mode: Input voltage,Output voltage,External voltage

b) Digital Display: Vendor to specify

c) Ranges: 0 to 600 V

d) Accuracy: ±1% of reading or better

8. Safety and Protection Features

8.1 The high current testing system shall have built-in safety and protection

features as follows, but not limited to those listed below:

a) Main power circuit breaker

b) Control power switch with indicator and Output ON indicator

c) Interlock open indicator

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-233

233

d) Emergency OFF pushbutton

e) Surge protection on all meters and relays

f) Overvoltage, over current and surge protection

g) External interlock protection

h) Panel lamps for safety indicate:

Output of the set-Energized

Thermal warning

Ground interlock open

Over-range of Ammeter

9. Accessories, Cables and Additional Items

9.1 The high current testing system or set shall be supplied with the manufacturer

recommended supporting accessories, jumpers, strips, leads/interconnect leads,

stabs, fuses (for 5 years as spares), input auto-transformer (if required), control

cables, auxiliary cables, controlling software for the satisfactory testing and

with test report generation and printing facility.

9.2 The testing system shall be supplied with heavy-duty protective dust cover.

10. Installation, Testing and Commissioning

10.1 The supplier shall be responsible for site visit, installation, cabling, testing and

commissioning of "High Current Testing System" including programming of

the software (if applicable) at the BREB approved site.

10.2 Upon successful testing and commissioning, the test equipment shall be

handed over to the BREB nominated representatives in fully functional form.

10.3 The supplier shall provide in advance to BREB, the physical layout plans with

power supply, grounding, cabling and other requirements before installation of

"High Current Testing System" for review and approval.

11. Conflict

11.1 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value; substitute a

clause with corresponding reference standard in their respective offer but

without effecting the requirements of this specification.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-234

234

11.2 Vendor is encouraged to study BREB dropout fuse cut-outs, circuit breaker

testing and analysis requirement and offer suitable and compatible equipment

before finalizing respective submittals.

12. Operating Manual and Documentation

12.1 The high current testing system and supporting accessories shall be provided

with a set of operating manuals in English language.

12.2 Operating manuals shall also contain:

a) Detailed description of test equipment

b) Detailed description of test sequence and use of software

c) Wiring diagrams

13. Training

13.1 The supplier shall provide training to BREB engineers and technicians on use

of equipment, use of accessories, measurements, data acquisition and

recording of test results in accordance with standards and for generating test

reports.

13.2 The training shall comprise of a balanced combination of classroom training

and hands-on experience, and shall cover all aspects of equipment operation.

14. Tests

14.1 Type Test:

The manufacturer shall provide at the time of tender, certificates attesting to

the fact that that type tests have been carried out successfully on all

instruments / components of the test equipment. The manufacturer shall also

provide test certificates for conformance and protection against over voltages

and surges. The type test certificates for the equipment shall be from an

independent accredited testing laboratory.

14.2 Routine Tests:

The manufacturer shall subject the equipment and instruments contained in the

test system to the specified routine tests at their plant before offering the

material for acceptance tests.

14.3 Acceptance Tests:

Subsequent to completion of the routine testing by the manufacturer, and at the

purchaser’s option, the manufacturer shall be requested to have factory

acceptance tests (FAT) on the test equipment under delivery in the presence of

the purchaser’s representatives. If any equipment, software or instruments fail

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-235

235

the acceptance tests (given in the approved acceptance testing protocol), the

offered material, software and accessories shall be rejected. The acceptance

testing protocol shall be proposed by the supplier and approved by the

purchaser.

15. Name Plate

15.1 The following information shall be given on the name plate of each instrument

of the testing equipment:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Allowable ambient temperature range, safety warnings, power supply and

technical specifications

d) Reference Standards

e) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

f) Weight and size of equipment

16. Packaging and Shipping

16.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea or air transport and

handling up to delivery site in Bangladesh.

16.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard cartons in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain test equipment and installation instructions.

16.3 The material shall be skidded, crated, boxed or otherwise suitably protected

against damage or loss during shipment and to facilitate storage. All openings

shall be effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust,

dirt, moisture and other foreign matter.

16.4 The cover of the main crate shall carry the following information written in

English:

a) Number of test instrument contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg

g) Bar code

16.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from REB as

applicable.

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-236

236

17. Warranty

17.1 The manufacturer/vendor shall warrant high current testing system and

accessories supplied under this specification to be free from defects in design,

materials, or workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of

delivery, unless otherwise specified in tender documents. During the period of

such warranty, defective items shall be replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

17.2 If no exceptions are taken to this specification and no list of deviations is

submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered test set conforms

to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this specification shall be

accepted.

18. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittal

18.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of technical data,

drawings, catalogues and other documentation with the bid submittal, as

follows:

a) Detailed features of the testing system, associated accessories, cables,

switches and catalogues

b) Guaranteed technical parameters

c) Technical data sheets of items and accessories

d) High Current Testing System/Set list of items (BOQs)

e) Certified testing and calibration test reports

f) Packaging details

g) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty

h) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 10 years of experience in

manufacturing

i) Statement of country of origin

j) Copy of ISO:9001-2015 Certification for the manufacturing plant

k) Copies of type test reports evidencing completion of qualification tests

from an accredited testing laboratory

l) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions

m) List of clients in last five years with their respective addresses, that were

supplied the high current testing system

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-237

237

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for "High Current

Testing System or Set"

c) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected.

d) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid.

Sr. # Description Clause REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name and

model number

Phenix Technologies or equivalent

North American or European

manufacture

2 Manufacturer/Supplier

address and contacts

Vendor to provide

3 Scope 1 Compliance required

4 Reference Standards 2.1 Confirmation required that the

offered test system comply with

IEC and IEEE/ANSI standards for

testing

5 Experience and Quality

Control

3.1 Compliance required

6 Service conditions 4.1 Compliance required

7

Performance and

Functional features of

the "High Current

Testing System"

5

Vendor to provide:

Confirmation that High

Current Testing Set can

perform testing on 11kV &

33kV drop-out Fuse cut-outs

and Fuse Links

Required: Conformance to all

clauses in section 5

9

High Current Testing

System design features

6

Required: Conformance to all

clauses in section 6

10 Instrumentation and

Metering

7 Required: conformance to all

clauses in section 7

10

High Current Testing

System Safety and

Protection features

9.1 Required: Conformance to all

clauses of safety features given in

section 8

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-238

238

11 Accessories, control

and power cables and

additional items

8 Compliance required

12 High Current Testing

Set installation, cabling,

grounding, testing and

commissioning

9 Compliance required

13 Operating manual and

documentation

10 Compliance required

14 Training to REB staff 12 Compliance required

15 Type tests, test reports

and testing

12 Compliance required

16 Submittal and clause by

clause conformance

13 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification with the

submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations and clauses to which exception are taken by the bidder/vendor (add sheet, if

necessary)

16 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with date

17 Official seal/stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-239

239

Specification# 33

RURAL ELECTRIFICATION BOARD

PEOPLES REPUBLIC OF BANGLADESH

Zinc Coating Thickness Testing Meter

Technical Specification

1. Scope

1.1 This specification covers minimum technical requirements for the supply of

“Zinc Coating Thickness Testing Meter” having electronic digital display. The

coating thickness meter will be used for precise measurement of Zinc coating

thickness (microns) of galvanized ferrous materials and hardware items

procured for use in the power distribution system of Bangladesh Rural

Electrification Board (BREB).

1.2 Any departure from the provisions of this specification shall be disclosed at the

time of bidding submittal under the title “deviation from specifications”.

1.3 This product description is property of BREB and subject to change or

modification without any notice.

2. Experience and Quality Control

2.1 The instrument shall be manufactured by a supplier that has an experience of

producing instruments of similar design and characteristics for a period not less

than five years and that holds ISO: 9001-2015 Certification for quality

management.

3. Reference Standards

3.1 The coating thickness meter shall conform to the latest editions of the standards

applicable to their construction and application for measurements of Zinc

coating thickness (microns) on ferrous material test samples and hardware

objects, including but not limited to those, and their normative references from:

a) ASTM B 499: Standard test method for measurement of coating

thicknesses by the magnetic method: Nonmagnetic coatings on magnetic

basis metals

b) ASTM D 7091: Standard practice for nondestructive measurement of dry

film thickness of nonmagnetic coatings applied to ferrous metals and

nonmagnetic, nonconductive coatings applied to non-ferrous metals

c) ASTM E 376: Standard for Zinc coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel

Hardware

d) ASTM A153/A153-16: Standard specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip) on iron

and steel hardware

e) ASTM A 123: Standard specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized)

Coating on iron and steel products

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-240

240

4. Service Conditions

4.1 The instrument shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor use under the local

service conditions in Bangladesh, which are as follows:

a) Altitude above mean sea level (MSL): 1,000 meters

b) Maximum summer peak ambient temperature: +45°C

c) Minimum outdoor winter temperature: 3°C

d) Average daily temperature: +35°C

e) Maximum yearly average temperature: +30°C

f) Relative humidity: 50% - 100%

g) Yearly average humidity: 80%

h) Pollution level: Moderate

i) Climate: Tropical, intense sun shine, heavy rain, maximum humidity

and temperature often occur both simultaneously

j) Storage temperature: -10°C - +70°C

k) Operating temperature: -10°C - +45°C

5. Design, Specifications and Features

5.1 The coating thickness meter shall meet or exceed the requirements of this

specification.

5.2 The coating thickness meter shall have the following design, specifications

and salient features:

a) Portable, reliable, high accuracy, fast, precise and easy to use

b) Range: 0-1000μm (0-60mils)

c) Resolution: 0.1μm: 0-100μm; 1μm: 100-1000μm (0.01mil: 0-5mils;

0.1mil: 5-60mils)

d) Accuracy: ±1-3% or ±2.5μm (±0.1mil) - factory calibrated

e) Easy measurement operation

f) High contrast, adjustable color display depending on user selectable data

on screen, color screen with back light, for single data large character size

of the measurement value and automatic rotating display

g) Repeatable and reproducible measurements

h) Impact proof, water and dust resistant

i) Capable of taking number of reading and can take average (mean)

j) Capable of producing standard deviation, lowest and highest coating

thickness readings (microns) and nominal coating thickness (microns)

k) With adequate memory for retaining test data into memory

l) Readings with date and time stamp

m) Probe with flexible and adjustable scan head on smooth and rough surface

and hot metallic surfaces in sun

n) With set of standard calibration foils (with different foil values up to 1,000

μm) for calibrating the instrument before use as an integral part of supply

and foils accuracy shall be within +/-1%.

o) With data management software package, connectivity cable with laptop

and USB data output socket

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-241

241

p) Degree of protection: IP 64 (no moisture or dust ingress to the instrument)

q) Rechargeable batteries (battery life 3 years)

5.3 In case of conflict or ambiguity, the vendor may propose a value with

corresponding reference standards without effecting the requirements of this

Product Description.

6. Carry Case

6.1 A strong and durable protective carry case shall be provided for holding

instrument, probes, coating thickness gauge, calibration standards or foils,

batteries, software CD, and connectivity cable to laptop and user’s manual.

7. Inspection Certificate

7.1 An inspection certificate shall be provided to verify conformance to applicable

Standards and calibrations.

7.2 Inspection Certificate shall not be required, if Zinc Coating Thickness

Testing Meters supplied from Elcometer 456, UK/USA or equivalent

from North America or European source.

8. Inspection

8.1 Pre-shipment inspection shall not be required.

8.2 Material shall be inspected for conformance to quality, calibration and

constructional features on arrival, before acceptance. Deficient material shall

be rejected.

9. Marking

9.1 The instrument shall be marked with the following information:

a) Manufacturer’s name

b) Model, year of manufacture and identifying number

c) Manufacturer logo or trademark and brand name

10. Operating Manual

10.1 The operating manual or user guide in English language shall be provided

with the device and shall have the minimum following information:

a) Allowable ambient temperature range

b) Technical specifications, calibration, accuracy, resolution, range and errors

c) Operating procedure including data transfer to computer

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-242

242

d) Weight and size of the instrument

e) Drawing showing the outline of the instrument with pertinent dimensions

11. Design Approval

11.1 Bidder shall be required to clearly identify the manufacturer, model number,

type and provide catalog information for the proposed item to demonstrate

compliance with specification at time of bidding and shall not be allowed to

make substitutions, subsequent to acceptance by BREB without express

written consent

11.2 Design Approval shall not be required, if Zinc Coating Thickness Testing

Meter are supplied from Elcometer 456, UK/USA or equivalent from North

America or European source.

12. Packaging and Shipping

12.1 Export packaging and shipping shall be adequate for sea transport and

handling up to delivery in Bangladesh.

12.2 The material shall be sealed in plastic bags or other suitable moisture proof

materials and packed in sturdy cardboard carton in completely assembled

condition. Each box shall contain equipment and installation instructions.

12.3 The material shall be boxed or otherwise suitably protected against damage or

loss during shipment and to facilitate field hand storage. All openings shall be

effectively sealed with temporary closures to prevent entry of dust, dirt,

moisture and other foreign matter.

12.4 The cover of the main carton/bag shall carry the following information written

in English:

a) Number of instruments contained therein

b) Manufacturer’s catalog number

c) Description of the material

d) Manufacturer’s name

e) Purchase order number

f) Gross weight in kg and size

g) Bar coding

12.5 Additional handling and shipping instructions shall be obtained from BREB as

applicable.

13. Warranty

13.1 The manufacturer /vendor shall warrant instrument supplied under this

specification to be free from defects in design, materials, or workmanship for

a period of two (2) years from the date of delivery, unless otherwise

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-243

243

specified in tender documents. During the period of such warranty, defective

units shall be replaced at manufacturer/vendor cost.

13.2 If no exceptions are taken to this product description and no list of deviations

is submitted, it shall be deemed that in every respect the offered instrument

shall be conforming to this specification. Purchaser’s interpretation of this

specification shall be accepted.

14. Technical Data, Drawings and Submittals

14.1 The supplier/manufacturer shall provide hard and soft copies of the technical

data sheets, catalogues and other information with the bid submittal, as

follows:

a) Outline drawings of the instrument showing the dimensions and physical

features

b) Guaranteed Technical parameters schedule

c) Guaranteed insensitivity to external magnetic fields

d) Certified calibration test reports

e) Packaging details

f) Terms of manufacturer’s warranty.

g) Manufacturer’s certificate attesting to 5 years of manufacturing experience

h) Statement of country of origin for all items

i) Copy of ISO: 9001 Certification for the manufacturing plant

j) Copies of test certificates evidencing completion of qualification and

conformance tests

k) Statement of acceptance and compliance with these specifications or a list

and explanations for any deviations from or exceptions to these

specifications

l) List of clients in last five years with their addresses, which were supplied

Zn coating thickness testing meter

Technical Requirements & Guaranteed Technical Parameters Schedule for Zinc coating

thickness (microns/mils) testing meter

a) To be filled up by the bidder with appropriate data, otherwise the Bid will be rejected

b) Failure to provide all of the information requested may lead to the rejection of the bid

Sr. # Description Unit/

Clause

REB Requirement Bidder’s

Guaranteed

Values

1 Manufacturer name and

model number

Elcometer 456 UK, or

equivalent North American

manufacture or European

Manufacture

2 Manufacturer /Supplier

address and contacts

Required

3 Scope

Reference Standards

Clause 1

Clause 2

Compliance required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-244

244

Service Conditions Clause 3

4 Zinc coating thickness

testing meter type

Clause 5.2 Portable, digital, rugged

5 Accuracy & precision Clause 5.2 High accuracy, fast & precise

6 Resolution mm/inch 0.1μm: 0-100μm; 1μm: 100-

1000μm (0.01mil: 0-5mils;

0.1mil: 5-60mils)-Clause

5.2(c)

7 Rated Accuracy mm/inch ±1-3% or ±2.5μm (±0.1mil) -

factory calibrated, Clause 5.2

(d)

8 Repeatability mm/inch Compliance required

9 Memory Large memory to keep history

of test data, Vendor to specify

memory size

10 Range μm 0-1000μm (0-60mils) Clause

5.2 (b)

11 Probe with flexible

head

Clause 5.2 Compliance required

12 PC/Laptop connectivity

& USB

Clause 5.2 Compliance required

13 Software CD Clause 5.2 Compliance required

14 Reading Scale μm Microns/Mils

15 Degree of protection

(IP) IEC 60529

Clause 5.2 IP64 Required (moisture, dust,

& water proof)

16 Display Clause 5.2 High contrast, adjustable LCD

Clause 5.2 (f), Required

17 Set of standard

calibration foils (up to

1000μm)

Clause 5.2 Compliance required

18 Auto ON/OFF function

Clause 5.2 Compliance required

19 Guaranteed battery life Years Rechargeable/3 Years (Min.)

20 Whether battery

replaceable

Clause 5.2 Yes

21 Carry case Clause 6.1 Compliance required

22 Model Required

23 Year of manufacture Required

24 Operating manual 9 Compliance required

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-245

245

25 Weight of instrument Kg Required

26 Size of instrument cm/inch Required

27 Submittal as per

specification

13 Required

28 Clause by clause

conformance

13 Required

Note:

a) Vendor shall provide clause by clause conformance of this technical specification with the

submittal duly signed and stamped

b) List of deviations (If any)

29 Name & signature of

authorized

representative with date

30 Official Seal/Stamp

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-246

246

SECTION VII

4.0 FORMS AND PROCEDURES

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-247

247

Forms and Procedures

Form of Completion Certificate .........................................................................................248

Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate ....................................................................249

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-248

248

Form of Completion Certificate

Date:

Loan/Credit No:

IFB No:

______________________________

To: _________________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

Pursuant to GC Clause 24 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the

Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _____________, relating to

the ____________________,we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was

(were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the

Contract, the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the

responsibility for care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below.

1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof:______________________________

2. Date of Completion:__________________

However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto

as soon as practicable.

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities

in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

Very truly yours,

Title

(Project Manager)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-249

249

Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate

Date:

Loan/Credit No:

IFB No:

_________________________________________

To:________________________________________

Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,

Pursuant to GC Sub-Clause 25.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of the

Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _______________, relating to

the ___________________________________, we hereby notify you that the Functional Guarantees

of the following part(s) of the Facilities were satisfactorily attained on the date specified

below.

1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof:_______________________________

2. Date of Operational Acceptance:_______________________

This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities

in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.

Very truly yours,

Title

(Project Manager)

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-250

250

SECTION VII

5.0 FLOOR PLANS

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-251

251

Layout Plans

Site Plan

CLIE

NT :

PR

OJE

CT :

DR

WG

. TITTLE :

PR

OJE

CT M

AN

AGER

:

SH

EE

T NO

: D

ATE :JA

N, / 2018

NAD

IM H

OS

SAIN

CAD

BY

:

MD

.SA

ZZAD H

OS

SA

IN

B.S

c. Engg ( C

IVIL) FIE

B-12731

DES

IGN

EN

GIN

EE

R :

CO

NS

ULTA

NT:

House 33/A

(1st floor), Road 99

Gulshan-2, D

haka-1212, Bangladesh

BA

NG

LADES

H R

UR

AL

ELEC

TRIFIC

ATIO

N BO

AR

D (BR

EB)

PR

OP

OS

ED

3-STO

RIE

D TE

STIN

G LA

BO

RA

TOR

Y BU

ILDIN

G

WITH

8 STO

RIE

D FO

UN

DA

TION

AT SAV

AR, D

HAKA

SITE PLA

NA

-00

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-252

252

Ground Floor Plan

CLIE

NT

:P

RO

JEC

T :

DR

WG

. TIT

TLE

:

PR

OJE

CT

MA

NA

GE

R :

SH

EE

T N

O :

DA

TE

:JA

N, / 2018

NA

DIM

HO

SS

AIN

CA

D B

Y :

MD

.SA

ZZ

AD

HO

SS

AIN

B.S

c. Engg ( C

IVIL

) FIE

B-1

2731

DE

SIG

N E

NG

INE

ER

: C

ON

SU

LT

AN

T:

House

33/A

(1st floor), R

oad 99

Gulsh

an-2

, Dhaka

-1212

, Bangladesh

BA

NG

LA

DE

SH

RU

RA

L

ELE

CT

RIF

ICA

TIO

N B

OA

RD

(BR

EB

)

PR

OP

OS

ED

3-S

TO

RIE

D T

ES

TIN

G L

AB

OR

AT

OR

Y B

UILD

ING

WIT

H 8

ST

OR

IED

FO

UN

DA

TIO

N A

T S

AV

AR

, DH

AK

A

GR

OU

ND

FLO

OR

PLA

NA

-01

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-253

253

First Floor Plan

CLIE

NT

:P

RO

JEC

T :

DR

WG

. TIT

TLE

:

PR

OJE

CT

MA

NA

GE

R :

SH

EE

T N

O :

DA

TE

:JA

N, / 2018

NA

DIM

HO

SS

AIN

CA

D B

Y :

MD

.SA

ZZ

AD

HO

SS

AIN

B.S

c. Engg ( C

IVIL

) FIE

B-1

2731

DE

SIG

N E

NG

INE

ER

: C

ON

SU

LT

AN

T:

House

33/A

(1st floor), R

oad 99

Gulsh

an-2

, Dhaka

-1212

, Bangladesh

BA

NG

LA

DE

SH

RU

RA

L

ELE

CT

RIF

ICA

TIO

N B

OA

RD

(BR

EB

)

PR

OP

OS

ED

3-S

TO

RIE

D T

ES

TIN

G L

AB

OR

AT

OR

Y B

UILD

ING

WIT

H 8

ST

OR

IED

FO

UN

DA

TIO

N A

T S

AV

AR

, DH

AK

A

1S

T F

LOO

R P

LA

NA

-02

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-254

254

Section VI. Employers Requirements 2-255

255

CLIE

NT

:P

RO

JEC

T :

DR

WG

. TIT

TLE

:

PR

OJE

CT

MA

NA

GE

R :

SH

EE

T N

O :

DA

TE

:JA

N, / 2

018

NA

DIM

HO

SS

AIN

CA

D B

Y :

MD

.SA

ZZ

AD

HO

SS

AIN

B.S

c. Engg ( C

IVIL

) FIE

B-1

2731

DE

SIG

N E

NG

INE

ER

: C

ON

SU

LT

AN

T:

House 3

3/A

(1st flo

or), R

oad 9

9

Gulsh

an-2

, Dhaka

-1212, B

angla

desh

BA

NG

LA

DE

SH

RU

RA

L

ELE

CT

RIF

ICA

TIO

N B

OA

RD

(BR

EB

)

PR

OP

OS

ED

3-S

TO

RIE

D T

ES

TIN

G L

AB

OR

AT

OR

Y B

UIL

DIN

G

WIT

H 8

ST

OR

IED

FO

UN

DA

TIO

N A

T S

AV

AR

, DH

AK

A

2N

D F

LO

OR

PLA

NA

-03

Section VI. Employers Requirements 256

256

SECTION VII

6.0 ANNEXURE 1

CONTACT DETAILS

Section VI. Employers Requirements 257

257

Annexure-1

Important contacts, names, designation, address, e mails:

1. Project Manager

2.

3.

4.


Recommended